More annual reports from Cash Converters International Ltd:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Cash Converters International Ltd:
JB Hi-Fi Limited2015
A N N U A L 
R E P O R T
m
O
c
.
s
R
E
T
R
E
v
N
O
c
h
s
A
c
.
w
w
w
d
E
T
i
m
i
L
L
A
N
O
i
T
A
N
R
E
T
N
i
s
R
E
T
R
E
v
N
O
c
h
s
A
c
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c O R P O R A T E   d i R E c T O R y
d i r e c t o r s
Stuart Grimshaw
Chairman 
Peter Cumins
Managing Director 
Reginald Webb
Non-Executive Director
Lachlan Given 
Non-Executive Director
Kevin Dundo
Non-Executive Director
c o m pa n y   s e c r e ta r y 
Ralph Groom 
r e g i s t e r e d   o f f i c e
Level 18, Citibank House
37 St George’s Terrace
Perth
Western Australia 6000
w e b s i t e 
www.cashconverters.com
s h a r e   r e g i s t r a r s
In Australia:
     Computershare Investor 
     Services Pty Ltd
     Level 11
    172 St George’s Terrace 
     Perth
     Western Australia 6000
In United Kingdom:
     Computershare Investor Services                
     PLC
     PO Box 82
     The Pavilions
     Bridgewater Road
     Bristol BS 99 7NH
a u d i t o r s
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Level 14, Woodside Plaza
240 St George’s Terrace
Perth
Western Australia 6000
s o l i c i t o r s
Cooke & Co
50 Eora Creek Terrace
Dianella
Perth 
Western Australia 6059
s t o c k   e x c h a n g e 
Australian Stock Exchange
 Exchange Plaza
 2 The Esplanade
 Perth
 Western Australia 6000
l e a d   m a n a g e r   a n d   i n i t i a l 
s u b s c r i b e r   f o r   n o t e   i s s u e
FIIG Securities
Level 8, Emirates House
167 Eagle Street
Brisbane
Queensland 4000
t r u s t e e   f o r   n o t e s   i s s u e
Perpetual Corporate Trust Limited
Level 12, Angel Place 
123 Pitt Street
Sydney
New South Wales 2000
c O N T E N T s
0 2
0 4
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 4
1 5
1 7
1 8
2 5
2 6
2 7
2 8
2 9
8 6
9 1
1 1 4
1 1 5
1 1 6
1 1 8
review of the year
chairman & managing director’s review
group structure
historical performance
corporate objectives 
core business
directors’ profiles
financial report contents
operating and financial review
consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income
consolidated statement of financial position 
consolidated statement of changes in equity
consolidated statement of cash flows
notes to the consolidated financial statements 
directors’ report
remuneration report (audited)
directors’ declaration 
auditor’s independence
independent audit report to the members 
shareholder information 
1.
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Normalised	group	EBITDA	earnings	up	12.2%	to	$62.7	million		
(2014:$55.9	million)
The	normalised	Australian	divisional	EBITDA	of	$71.3	million	up	26.4%		
on	the	previous	year	(2014:$56.5	million) 	
The	normalised	UK	divisional	EBITDA	was	a	loss	of	$9.0	million	against		
a	loss	of	$1.1	million	for	the	previous	corresponding	period 	
Revenue	growth	of	13.0%	to	$374.9	million	(2014:	$331.7	million)
Strong	online	loans	growth	continues	in	Australia	with	personal	loans			
written	up	53.2%	to	$74.6	million	(2014:$48.7	million)	and	cash		
advances	up	57.7%	to	$11.2	million	(2014:	$7.1	million)
The	Australian	corporate	store	network	produced	an	EBITDA	of	$18.8		
million	which	was	up	14.6%	on	the	previous	corresponding	period		
(2014:	$16.4	million)
The	UK	corporate	store	network	ended	2015	with	an	EBITDA	loss	of		 	
£1.5	million	(2014:	£0.4	million	loss)
Installment	personal	loan	book	in	Australia	ended	with	a	slight	fall	to		 	
$107.4	million	as	at	30	June	2015	from	$109.2	million	at	June	2014	but		
after	it	peaked	at	a	record	high	of	$115.7	million	at	December	2014
The	UK	personal	loan	book	ended	the	year	at	£9.3	million	(2014:	£15.7		
million)	following	the	legislation	change	in	the	UK	in	January	2015
Financial	services	–	administration,	produced	an	EBITDA	of	$12.5		
million	which	was	up	20.3%	on	last	year’s	result	of	$10.4	million
Financial	services	–	personal	loans,	ended	the	year	higher	by	18.5%	on		
the	corresponding	period	with	an	EBITDA	of	$48.5	million	(2014:	$40.9		
million)
Franchise	operations,	slightly	lower	at	$6.0	million	(2014:	$6.6	million)		
down	10.1%
Corporate	store	network	in	the	UK	now	59	stores
Corporate	store	network	expands	to	71	stores	in	Australia 	
R E v i E w   O f 
T h E   y E A R
2.
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
g R O U P   E b i T d A
f i N A N c i A L   s E R v i c E s   E b i T d A
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
M
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2006!
2007!
2008!
2009!
2010!
2011!
2012!
2013!
2014!
2015!
s T O R E   O P E R A T i O N s   E b i T d A
L O A N   b O O k   A U s T R A L i A
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
P E R s O N A L   L O A N   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d
A U s T R A L i A
c A s h   A d v A N c E   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d 
A U s T R A L i A
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
All graphs are in $ millions 
3.
c h A i R m A N   A N d   m A N A g i N g 
d i R E c T O R ’ s   R E P O R T
Cash Converters International Limited is pleased to report growth in 
revenue	of	13.0%	on	the	previous	corresponding	period	to	$374.9	
million.	 The	 normalised	 EBITDA	 profit	 for	 the	 period	 was	 $62.7	
million,	 up	 12.2%	 on	 the	 previous	 period.	 The	 statutory	 EBITDA	
profit	for	the	period	was	$9.3	million. 	
During	the	year,	the	termination	of	the	Kentsleigh/Cliffview	agency	
agreement	was	finalised.	As	previously	disclosed,	this	termination,	
although	earnings	accretive	and	cash	flow	positive	in	future	periods	
has	resulted	in	a	charge	to	profit	and	loss	during	the	period	of	$29.6	
million,	reflecting	the	termination	payment.	Pursuant	to	accounting	
standard  requirements,  this  charge  could  not  be  capitalised. 
However,	it	is	deductible	for	tax	purposes.	Also,	the	settlement	of	
the	 NSW	 Class	 Action	 claim	 has	 resulted	 in	 a	 provision	 for	 $23.0	
million	being	charged	to	the	profit	and	loss	during	the	period. 	
f U L L   y E A R   R E s U L T s   s U m m A R y 
f i N A N c i A L   R E s U LT s   s U m m A R y
(s tat u t o ry  r e p o r t i n g  b a s i s )  i n  a  $
Revenue
EBITDA
Depreciation, amortisation & impairment*
EBIT
Income tax 
Finance costs
Net profit / (loss) after tax
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 5
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 4
vA R i A N c E   % 
374,892,639
9,323,021
(16,625,373)
(7,302,352)
(5,109,292)
(9,072,074)
(21,483,718)
331,668,907
51,601,406
(7,923,711)
43,677,695
(10,908,176)
(8,577,184)
24,192,335
+13.0
-81.9
+109.8
-116.7
-53.2
+5.8
-188.8
*This includes an Impairment Charge for the UK of $7,587,315 for 2015 (2014: Nil)
g E O g R A P h i c A L   s P L i T
( s tat u t o ry  e b i t d a)
Australia
UK
International
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 5
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 4
vA R i A N c E   % 
15,787,580
(6,893,076)
428,517
53,505,822
(2,413,001)
508,585
-70.5
-185.7
-15.7
4.
f U L L   y E A R   R E s U L T s   s U m m A R y   ( c O N T i N U E d ) 
N O R m A L i s E d   E b i T d A  
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 5
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 4 
vA R i A N c E   %
EBITDA statutory
Stamp duty on store acquisitions
Ausgroup provision
GST adjustment
Kentsleigh agency termination payment
Termination	fees	–	bank	facility	(GLA)
N.S.W Class action settlement provision
Class	action	legal	fees
Redundancy costs CCUK
EBITDA normalised
d i v i s i O N A L   E b i T d A
( n o r m a l i s e d  b a s i s)
Franchise operations
Store operations
Financial services - administration 
Financial services - personal loans
Green	Light	Auto	(before	minority	interest)
Minority interest - Green Light Auto
Total	before	head	office	costs
Corporate	head	office	costs 	
Total Divisional EBITDA
g E O g R A P h i c A L   s P L i T
( n o r m a l i s e d  e b i t d a)
Australia
UK
International
9,323,021
388,663
(2,927,229)
-
29,628,270
700,000
23,000,000
1,844,903
787,751
62,745,379
51,601,406
1,820,093
1,358,333
1,135,883
-
-
-
-
-
-81.9
-78.6
-315.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
55,915,715
+12.2
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 5
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 4 
vA R i A N c E   %
5,965,054
15,831,313
12,518,594
48,544,232
(1,987,167)
201,372
81,073,398
(18,328,019)
62,745,379
6,633,516
15,615,352
10,410,310
40,971,153
(4,038,694)
3,060,046
72,651,683
(16,735,968)
55,915,715
-10.1
+1.4
+20.3
+18.5
+50.8
-93.4
+11.6
-9.5
+12.2
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 5
3 0   j U N E   2 0 1 4 
vA R i A N c E   %
71,349,416
(9,032,554)
428,517
56,461,798
(1,051,668)
508,585
+26.4
-756.4
-15.7
EBITDA = Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation and impairment.
The	above	table	provides	a	normalised	EBITDA	with	adjustments	to	the	respective	periods	in	order	to	better	reflect	the	
underlying	performance	of	the	Cash	Converters	business.
5.
h i g h L i g h T s
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Revenue	growth	of	13.0%	to	$374.9	million.	The	major	drivers	for	revenue	growth	over	the	year	included	an	increase	in		
personal		 loan	interest	of	$14.6	million	and	establishment	fees	of	$7.8	million,	and	an	increase	in	corporate	store	revenue	of		
$18.3	million
The	normalised	Australian	divisional	EBITDA	of	$71.3	million	was	up	26.4%
The	normalised	Australian	personal	loan	division	EBITDA	of	$54.3	million	was	up	40.3%
The	Australian	personal	loan	book	stood	at	$107.4	million	as	at	30	June	2015,	down	slightly	on	the	previous	year	(2014:		
$109.2	million)	after	it	peaked	at	a	record	$115.7	million	at	the	half	year 	
The	growth	of	the	online	personal	loan	business	in	Australia	continues	to	be	very	strong	with	the	value	of	loans	written		
increasing	53.2%	to	$74.6	million	(2014:	$48.7	million) 	
The	value	of	online	cash	advance	in	Australia	has	also	been	strong	with	the	value	of	loans	written	increasing	by	57.7%	to		 	
$11.2	million.	(2014:	$7.1	million)
The	Australian	cash	advance	product	produced	an	EBITDA	result	of	$11.5	million,	up	19.8%	on	last	year’s	result	of	$9.6	million
The	Australian	corporate	store	network	EBITDA	was	$18.8	million,	representing	a	14.6%	increase	on	the	corresponding		
period.	(2014:	$16.4	million)
A	cost	cutting	and	restructure	has	been	completed	to	more	effectively	manage	the	UK	business.	There	have	been	a	number	of	 	
senior	management	changes	made	and	staff	redundancies,	in	addition	the	Company	has	appointment	a	very	experienced	and		
successful	Cash	Converters	multi-store	owner	and	operator	to	manage	the	corporate	store	network.	
d i v i d E N d
f i N A N c i A L   s E R v i c E s   O P E R A T i O N s
a u s t r a l i a
Notwithstanding  that  the  Company  has  a  strong  underlying 
profit	 and	 the	 cash	 resources	 to	 pay	 a	 dividend	 consistent	 with	
its  past  dividend  policy,  the  Company  is  unable  to  do  so  due 
to	 the	 application	 of	 the	 covenants	 under	 its	 banking	 facility.		
The	 Company	 is	 in	 the	 process	 of	 replacing	 the	 current	 bank	
securitisation	facility	–	and	although	an	alternative	provider	has	yet	
to	 be	 confirmed,	 the	 Company	 is	 confident	 of	 establishing	 a	 new	
facility	in	the	short	term.	
The	 Australian	 personal	 loan	 book	 stood	 at	 $107.4	 million	 as	 at	
30	 June	 2015,	 down	 slightly	 on	 the	 previous	 year	 (2014:	 $109.2	
million)	 after	 it	 peaked	 at	 a	 record	 $115.7	 million	 at	 the	 half	 year.	
Our	 online	 lending	 platform	 is	 performing	 strongly,	 with	 55,902	
(2014:43,728)	loans	made	totalling	$74.6	million,	up	53.2%	on	the	
previous	period.	Online	personal	loans	represent	34.6%	of	the	total	
principal lent during the period.
As	a	consequence,	no	final	dividend	has	been	declared.  
The	 Australian	 personal	 loan	 book	 produced	 an	 EBITDA	 of	 $54.3	
million	(2014:$38.7	million)	up	40.3%	on	the	previous	period. 	
The	 bad	 debt	 percentage	 of	 net	 principal	 written	 off	 to	 principal	
advanced	 for	 the	 Australian	 business	 increased	 slightly	 to	 7.0%	
(2014:	6.6%),	still	within	historical	levels.
6.
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
					
A U s T R A L i A N   P E R s O N A L   L O A N s   -   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d
25
20
25
15
20
25
10
15
20
5
10
15
0
5
10
0
5
Last Year
This year
A U s T R A L i A N   O N L i N E   P E R s O N A L   L O A N s   -   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d
Last Year
This year
0
8.0	
  
7.0	
  
8
6.0	
  
7
5.0	
  
6
8
4.0	
  
5
7
3.0	
  
4
6
2.0	
  
3
5
1.0	
  
2
4
0.0	
  
1
3
0
2
1
0
Last Year
This year
Last Yr
This Yr
Last Yr
This Yr
The	EBITDA	for	the	Australian	cash	advance	products	increased	by	19.8%	to	$11.5	million	(2014:	$9.6	million).
25.0
20.0
25
15.0
20
25
10.0
15
20
5.0
10
15
0.0
5
10
0
5
0
A U s T R A L i A N   c A s h   A d v A N c E   -   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d
Last Yr
This Yr
Last Year
This Year
Last Year
This Year
Above graphs are in $ millions 
Last Year
This Year
7.
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
f i N A N c i A L   s E R v i c E s   O P E R A T i O N s   ( c o n t i n u e d )
A U s T R A L i A N   O N L i N E   c A s h   A d v A N c E   -   P R i N c i P A L   A d v A N c E d
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
c a s h   a d v a n c e s
p e r s o n a l   l o a n s
Last Yr
This yr
Above graph is in $ thousands
•	
•	
•	
Total	 principal	 loaned	 increased	 by	 4.5%	 to	 $249.5	 million	
(2014:$238.8	million)	
Average	loan	amount	as	at	30	June	2015	$411	(2014:	$413)
Total	 customer	 numbers	 increased	 by	 11.6%	 to	 597,891	
(2014:535,738)
•	
•	
•	
Total	 number	 of	 loans	 approved	 increased	 by	 13.8%	 to	
177,255	(2014:155,820)
Total	 number	 of	 active	 customers	 increased	 by	 9.6%	 to	
136,866	(2014:124,853)
Loan	 book	 slightly	 down	 to	 $107.4	 million	 (2014:$109.2	
million)
u n i t e d   k i n g d o m
Following	 the	 introduction	 of	 the	 Consumer	 Credit	 (Cost	 Cap)	
2014	in	the	United	Kingdom	in	January	2015,	there	was	a	drop	in	
personal	and	cash	advance	loans,	impacting	the	profitability	of	the	
UK	operations.		As	a	result	of	this	legislation	and	other	economic	
factors,	 an	 impairment	 charge	 of	 £3.8	 million	 ($7.6	 million)	 has	
been	 recognised	 in	 relation	 to	 the	 UK	 operations.	 A	 review	 of	 the	
UK	 business	 has	 taken	 place	 and	 following	 this	 a	 cost	 cutting	
programme  has  been  completed  to  ensure  that  the  current  cost 
structure	 better	 matches	 the	 size	 of	 the	 UK	 business	 today.	 A	
restructure	 has	 also	 been	 completed	 to	 more	 effectively	 manage	
the	UK	business.	There	have	been	a	number	of	senior	management	
changes	made	and	staff	redundancies.	The	appointment	of	a	very	
experienced	 and	 successful	 Cash	 Converters	 multi-store	 owner	
and  operator  has  been  made  to  manage  the  corporate  store 
network.
The	UK	personal	loan	book	decreased	by	40.8%	from	£15.7	million	
at	30	June	2014	to	£9.3	million	at	30	June	2015.	The	main	driver	
of	 this	 decrease	 is	 due	 to	 the	 fall	 in	 loan	 outgoings	 following	 the	
new	legislation	that	came	into	effect	in	the	UK	on	2	January	2015.	
This	was	due	to	the	fact	that	loans	written	prior	to	2	January	2015	
could	not	be	refinanced	and	were	required	to	be	paid	in	full.	This	
transition is now complete and lending volumes returned to normal 
in	June	2015.	
The	 online	 lending	 platform	 has	 also	 been	 affected	 by	 the	 new	
legislation,	with	3,874	(2014:4,531)	loans	made	totalling	£2.6	million	
(2014:£3.1	million)	down	16.1%	on	the	previous	period . 
The	UK	personal	loan	book	produced	an	EBITDA	loss	of	£2.8	million	
8.
(2014:£654K	 profit).	 The	 provision	 for	 doubtful	 debt	 decreased	 to	
£1.9	 million	 (2014:£3.5	 million)	 as	 the	 loan	 book	 has	 decreased.	
The	 bad	 debt	 percentage	 of	 net	 principal	 written	 off	 to	 principal	
advanced	 for	 the	 UK	 business	 increased	 from	 16.6%	 to	 20.3%	
during the period.
The	 UK	 cash	 advance	 business	 produced	 an	 EBITDA	 profit	 of	
£554K	(2014:£430K)	up	28.8%	on	the	previous	period. 	
c a s h   a d v a n c e
•	
•	
•	
Total	principal	loaned	decreased	2.4%	to	£34		
million	(2014:£34.8	million)	
Average	loan	amount	as	at	30	June	2015	£147		
(2014:	£136)
Total	customer	numbers	increased	by	15.8%	to		
179,534	(2014:154,987)
p e r s o n a l   l o a n s
•	
•	
•	
Total	number	of	loans	approved	decreased	by		
21.7%	to	21,353	(2014:27,288)	
Total	number	of	active	customers	decreased	by		
23.5%	to	14,040	(2014:18,345)
Loan	book	decreased	by	40.8%	to	£9.3	million
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
w E b s h O P
The  Cash  Converters  online  presence  stretches  the  Cash 
Converters	brand	and	presents	the	business	to	a	new	audience	of	
potential customers at a low delivery cost. 
Frequently new customers will visit stores and purchase products 
after	their	first	contact	with	the	brand	commenced	with	their	online	
search. 
The  Company  receives  a  commission  based  on  an  agreed 
percentage	 of	 sales	 for	 providing	 the	 ‘Webshop’	 online	 service	
to	its	franchisees.	The	Webshop	provides	a	platform	for	the	store	
network	to	display	inventory	items	in	an	online	shop	format.	Online	
product	sales	have	grown	by	49.2%	in	the	UK	operations	and	by	
22.4%	in	the	Australian	operations	in	the	past	12	months. 		
Some key online statistics:
U k
A U s T R A L i A
Registered Users
Unique Visitors
244,167
84,715
2,182,023
                3,695,833 
Total Page Views
43,846,277
              30,846,818 
Retail Sales
£ 3,488,270
	$	4,714,496
c O R P O R A T E   s T O R E s
a u s t r a l i a
The	 corporate	 store	 network	 in	 Australia	 produced	 an	 EBITDA	 of	
$18.8	million	(2014:	$16.4	million)	up	14.6%	on	the	previous	period.	
The	 strong	 EBITDA	 performance	 has	 been	 enhanced	 by	 the	
acquisition	 of	 seven	 stores	 in	 New	 South	 Wales	 and	 Victoria	 in	
February 2015. The Corporate Stores experienced strong growth,   
on	 a	 like	 for	 like	 basis,	 in	 regard	 to	 pawn	 broking	 interest	 and	
cash	 advance	 commissions,	 which	 were	 up	 9.8%	 and	 11.6%	
respectively on the previous corresponding period, and retail sales 
which	were	up	2.3%	(excluding	scrap	gold	sales)	also	contributed	
strongly to the EBITDA growth.
CCUK,	 with	 effect	 from	 1	 July	 2015,	 has	 contracted	 the	 services	
of	 the	 Cox	 Group	 to	 manage	 the	 corporate	 store	 network.	 The	
Cox	Group	is	a	multi-store	franchise	business	and	has	the	relevant	
experience	 to	 significantly	 improve	 the	 financial	 performance	
of	 the	 UK	 stores	 –	 the	 initial	 agreement	 is	 for	 three	 years.	 This	
arrangement	brings	together	the	expertise	of	a	proven	multi-store	
franchise	operator	with	the	capital	and	infrastructure	support	of	the	
Company.
As	at	30	June	2015	there	are	59	(2014:	58)	corporate	stores	trading	
in the UK. 
g R E E N   L i g h T   A U T O 
( T R A d i N g   A s   c A R b O O d L E )
The Carboodle brand was established by Green Light Auto Group 
Pty	 Ltd	 in	 2010	 (“GLA”).	 	 GLA	 is	 a	 licensed	 motor	 vehicle	 dealer	
providing customers who do not have access to main stream credit 
with	 a	 reliable	 and	 well	 maintained	 car	 (retail	 and	 commercial).	
GLA provides late model vehicles to its customers via a two, three 
or	 four	 year	 lease	 term	 including	 most	 running	 costs	 (insurance,	
maintenance,	 registration,	 roadside	 assistance)	 for	 a	 weekly	
payment.
At	 30	 June	 2015,	 798	 active	 leases	 were	 in	 place	 with	 forward	
contracted	 lease	 payments	 of	 $25.4	 million.	 Total	 revenue	 for	
the	 2015	 financial	 year	 was	 $8.5	 million.	 The	 EBITDA	 loss	 of	
$1,987,167	 was	 an	 improvement	 of	 50.8%	 on	 the	 previous	 year	
(2014:	$4,038,694).
During	the	year,	GLA	entered	into	a	referral	and	broker	agreement	
with	Aussie	Car	Loans	(ACL)	which	will	allow	some	ACL	customers	
to	 be	 referred	 to	 GLA	 and	 allow	 GLA	 to	 have	 access	 to	 ACL’s	
panel	 of	 lenders.	 GLA	 has	 also	 entered	 into	 an	 agreement	 with	
FleetPartners	for	the	provision	of	high	quality	fully	maintained,	end	
of	 lease	 vehicles,	 for	 release	 to	 GLA’s	 customers.	 As	 part	 of	 this	
agreement,	 FleetPartners	 purchased	 the	 current	 fleet	 of	 vehicles	
owned by GLA, on a sale and leaseback arrangement. GLA will use 
FleetPartners	exclusively	for	all	future	vehicle	leasing.	As	a	result,	
the	 previous	 finance	 arrangement	 which	 was	 more	 expensive,	
has	been	terminated.	This	resulted	in	finance	termination	costs	of	
$700,000.
With	 seven	 ex-franchised	 stores	 acquired	 during	 the	 period,	 the	
total	number	of	corporate	store	numbers	in	Australia	as	at	30	June	
2015	is	71	(2014:	64).
During	the	period,	the	Company	also	completed	the	acquisition	of	
the	remaining	20%	of	the	shares	that	it	did	not	already	own	in	GLA	
for	 the	 consideration	 of	 $450,000.	 The	 Company	 now	 has	 a	 solid	
platform	to	develop	the	business.
u n i t e d   k i n g d o m
The  UK  corporate  store  network  has  struggled  in  tough  trading 
conditions.	 The	 EBITDA	 for	 the	 period	 was	 a	 loss	 of	 £1.5	 million,	
an	increase	on	the	previous	corresponding	period	loss	of	£413K.
9.
 
q U E E N s L A N d   c L A s s   A c T i O N
On	31	July	2015,	the	Company	was	served	with	a	writ	lodged	with	
the	New	South	Wales	Registry	of	the	Federal	Court	of	Australia	by	
a	Mr	Sean	Lynch	commencing	a	class	action	proceeding	on	behalf	
of	borrowers	resident	in	Queensland	who	took	out	personal	loans	
from	 the	 Company’s	 subsidiaries	 during	 the	 period	 from	 30	 July	
2009	to	30	June	2013.
The	 current	 proceeding	 relates	 to	 the	 brokerage	 fee	 charged	 to	
customers	between	30	July	2009	to	30	June	2013.	The	brokerage	
fee	system	has	not	been	used	since	30	June	2013.
The  proceeding  relates  to  loans  made  only  in  Queensland 
to  Queensland  residents  by  Company  subsidiaries  based  in 
Queensland, notwithstanding that the action has been commenced 
in New South Wales. 
The	proceeding	will	be	vigorously	defended.
A U s T R A L i A N   R E g U L A T O R y   E N v i R O N m E N T
The	 government	 have	 established	 a	 review	 of	 the	 small	 amount	
credit	 contract	 (SACC)	 laws.	 The	 review	 will	 run	 until	 the	 end	 of	
2015	and	will	consult	widely	with	a	range	of	stakeholders.	As	part	
of	the	consultation	process	the	panel	will	call	for	submissions	from	
interested parties. 
Cash  Converters  will  lodge  a  submission  when  the  consultation 
process is announced. 
b A N k i N g   f A c i L i T i E s
On	 5	 August	 2015	 Westpac	 Banking	 Corporation	 informed	 the	
Company that Westpac has taken the decision to cease to provide 
banking	and	financial	products	and	services	to	its	customers	who	
provide	 Short	 Term	 Credit	 Contracts	 (STCCs)	 or	 Small	 Amount	
Credit	 Contracts	 (SACCs)	 under	 section	 5(1)	 of	 the	 National	
Consumer	 Credit	 Protection	 Act	 2009	 (cth).	 Cash	 Converters	 is	 a	
licenced	provider	of	financial	services	under	the	terms	of	this	Act.
Westpac  assured  the  Company  that  they  will  implement  this 
decision in accordance with the Company contractual agreements 
with Westpac, and in a considered and consultative way so as to 
allow the Company to establish alternative banking arrangements. 
The	 Company	 currently	 has	 a	 securitisation	 facility	 with	 Westpac	
drawn	 to	 $59m	 which	 is	 contracted	 to	 March	 2016	 with	 an	
approximate	 six	 month	 run-off	 period.	 Westpac	 also	 provides	
transactional  banking  services  to  the  Company  and  have  agreed 
to	provide	these	services	until	the	expiry	date	of	the	securitisation	
facility.
The	Company	is	confident	that	all	Westpac	facilities	and	 services	
will	 be	 replaced	 in	 the	 ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 including	 the	
securitisation	facility	for	the	personal	loans.
10.
s U m m A R y   A N d   O U T L O O k
The	Australian	business	continued	to	perform	strongly	in	FY	2015	
with	 normalised,	 underlying	 EBITDA	 up	 26.4%	 to	 $71.3	 million	
and	 we	 expect	 to	 see	 further	 growth	 in	 FY	 2016	 as	 we	 enjoy	 the	
full	 year	 benefits	 of	 the	 Kentsleigh/Cliffview	 transaction,	 the	 store	
acquisitions in February 2015 and organic growth.
The	 initial	 negative	 impact	 that	 UK	 legislative	 changes	 had	 from	
2	 January	 2015	 on	 lending	 volumes	 has	 eased	 and	 volumes	
have returned to previous levels. We are now starting to see new 
customer	numbers	increase	as	a	result	of	the	closure	of	a	significant	
number	of	competitors	and	look	forward	to	growth	in	2016.	We	also	
expect	to	see	an	improvement	in	the	UK	result	in	FY	2016.
Managing  Director  Peter  Cumins  said  “The  Company  is  now 
enjoying	strong	underlying	profit	growth	from	two	profit	drivers,	the	
Australian	 corporate	 stores	 and	 the	 Australian	 financial	 services	
business.	We	have	now	made	some	very	significant	changes	to	our	
UK	business	and	expect	to	enjoy	the	benefit	of	that	turnaround	in	
our group results in 2016.” 
In	closing,	we	wish	to	thank	the	staff,	management	and	franchisees	
for	their	contribution	during	the	year.	
Reginald Webb
Chairman
Peter Cumins 
Managing Director
28 August 2015
11.
c O R P O R A T E 
s T R U c T U R E
cash converters personal finance pty ltd
safrock finance corporation qld pty ltd
safrock finance corporation wa pty ltd
finance administrators of australia pty ltd
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
all small proprietary companies
cash converters (stores) 
pty ttd
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
mon-e pty ltd
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
c A s h   c O N v E R T E R s   i N T E R N A T i O N A L   L i m i T E d   ( c c i L )
parent entity
incorporated in australia
public company
ccuk holdings plc (ccukh)
100%  owned by ccil
incorporated in the uk
overseas entity
cash converters pty 
ltd (ccpl)
100%  owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
large proprietary company
ccusa limited (ccusa)
99.29%  owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
cash converters (cash advance) 
pty ltd (ccca)
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
ccuk ltd
100% owned by ccukh
incorporated in the uk
overseas entity
cash converters finance
corporation limited (ccfcl)
64.33% owned by ccpl
incorporated in australia
disclosing entity
ccusa inc
bak properties pty ltd
100% owned by ccusa
100% owned by ccca
incorporated in the usa
 incorporated in australia
overseas entity
small proprietary company
green light auto group 
pty limited 
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
cash converters (nz) pty ltd
100% owned by ccil
incorporated in australia
small proprietary company
12.
c A s h   c O N v E R T E R s   i N T E R N A T i O N A L   L i m i T E d
h i s T O R y
The	 history	 of	 Cash	 Converters	 dates	 back	 to	 November	 1984,	
when	 Brian	 Cumins,	 the	 Company’s	 founder,	 began	 operating	 his	
first	retail	outlet	in	Perth,	Western	Australia.
In	 2005	 the	 first	 corporate	 stores	 were	 opened	 in	 the	 UK	 which	
have	 since	 grown	 to	 59	 stores	 –	 Australia	 commenced	 corporate	
stores in 2007 and now have 71 stores.
During	the	next	four	years	the	merchandising	formula	and	trading	
style  that  has  underwritten  the  Group’s  success  were  developed 
and	tested	in	the	market	place.		A	total	of	seven	stores	were	open	
and	 trading	 profitably	 before	 the	 franchising	 of	 Cash	 Converters	
began	with	the	opening	of	two	franchised	outlets	in	Perth	in	June	
1988.
In  1990  the  Group  began  to  expand  into  other  Australian  States 
and now has over 150 outlets throughout Australia.  The success 
of	its	Australian	operations	resulted	in	Cash	Converters	seeking	to	
expand into overseas markets.
The	Company’s	carefully	planned	entry	into	Europe	was	launched	
in	1991	when	the	first	store	in	the	United	Kingdom	was	opened	at	
Gants	Hill	in	Essex.		Since	then	further	stores	have	opened	in	the	
UK taking the total to over 220 stores.
The	 Company’s	 first	 non-English	 speaking	 market,	 commenced	
with	 the	 opening	 of	 its	 pilot	 store	 in	 Vitrolles,	 near	 Marseilles	 in	
France in December 1994.
In 1998 the 500th store was opened in New South Wales, Australia. 
A	 year	 later	 the	 cash	 advance	 financial	 service	 concept	 was	
launched	 in	 Australia,	 which	 was	 followed	 by	 personal	 loans	 in	
2003. 
The	successful	acquisitions	of	the	Safrock	personal	loan	business	
and	the	MON-E	cash	advance	business	were	finalised	in	2006.
EZCORP	Inc	acquired	30%	of	the	Company	share	capital	through	
a	share	placement	in	2009	which	raised	$54	million,	further	share	
issues	have	taken	their	holding	to	31.54%.	The	following	year	saw	
the	launch	of	the	cash	advance	and	personal	loan	financial	services	
in the UK.
Green	Light	Auto	Group	and	the	‘Carboodle’	concept	was	launched	
in 2010.
In 2014 a strategic investment was made in Cash Converters New 
Zealand	 to	 acquire	 25%	 of	 the	 company	 share	 capital.	 A	 joint	
venture	 was	 also	 formed	 with	 EZCORP	 Inc,	 for	 the	 territories	 of	
Mexico and South America in the same year.
Since launching the concept in 1984, Cash Converters has grown 
enormously with representation in 18 countries and over 750 stores 
worldwide.
13.
c O R P O R A T E   O b j E c T i v E s
The	Directors	see	the	following	as	the	principal	corporate	objectives	
of	the	group:
•	
•	
•	
•	
To	achieve	high	profitability,	enabling	Cash	Converters	to	meet	
its responsibilities to shareholders and other stakeholders;
To	 offer	 opportunities	 for	 franchisees	 and	 employees	 to	
succeed	both	financially	and	in	their	careers;
	To	 be	 recognised	 as	 a	 world	 leader	 in	 the	 retail	 of	 second	
hand	goods	and	the	provision	of	micro-	
lending products ; and
 To provide consumers with retail outlets that are distinguished 
by	the	quality	of	retail	standards	and	value	of	the	merchandise	
on	offer.
c O R E   b U s i N E s s
The	 core	 business	 of	 Cash	 Converters	 is	 the	 ownership	 and	
franchising	of	retail	and	financial	services	stores,	which	operate	as	
retailers	of	second	hand	goods	and	suppliers	of	financial	products.	
The Cash Converters business has changed consumer perceptions 
of	 its	 industry	 by	 the	 systematic	 application	 of	 modern	 retailing	
practices,	 professional	 management	 techniques	 and	 high	 ethical	
standards	 to	 the	 management	 of	 its	 stores.	 	 As	 a	 result,	 Cash	
Converters	has	been	able	to	position	its	corporate	and	franchised	
outlets	 as	 alternative	 retail	 merchandise	 and	 financial	 services	
stores	 and,	 in	 the	 process,	 created	 a	 profitable	 market	 for	 the	
group.
Over	 30	 years,	 the	 Company	 has	 developed	 and	 refined	 its	
franchise	offering	to	the	point	where	it	has	mature	and	stable	multi-
store	 franchise	 chains	 in	 both	 Australia	 and	 the	 United	 Kingdom.		
The	 Company	 also	 acts	 as	 the	 international	 master	 franchisor	 of	
the	franchising	concept.		The	Company	Grants	trade	mark	licences	
to	 enable	 independent	 entities	 to	 develop	 a	 matching	 franchise	
chain	in	another	country	in	return	for	a	passive	royalty	income.		This	
minimises	risk	to	the	Company	while	allowing	the	brand	to	flourish	
overseas. 
14.
	
d i R E c T O R s ’
P R O f i L E s
s T U A R T   g R i m s h A w 
n o n - e x e c u t i v e   c h a i r m a n   
Mr  Grimshaw  joined  the  board  on  1  November  2014  and  was 
appointed  interim  Non-Executive  Chairman  on  10  September 
2015.	Mr	Grimshaw	was	recently	the	Managing	Director	and	Chief	
Executive	 Officer	 of	 Bank	 of	 Queensland	 Limited	 (BOQ)	 since	
November 2011.  
During	his	tenure	at	BOQ	he	initiated	fundamental	changes	to	BOQ’s	
culture, operating model and strategic direction and established a 
strong	track	record	of	execution.	In	addition,	a	strong	capital	and	
provisioning strategy resulted in two credit rating upgrades to A-, 
and BOQ has been well supported by the equity markets with two 
global	 equity	 offerings	 successfully	 raising	 close	 to	 $800	 million.	
In Mr Grimshaw’s time at the bank, BOQ attracted and developed 
exceptional	 talent	 across	 the	 top	 four	 management	 levels	 and	 a	
unique culture and brand that is now well recognized by the market. 
During	 his	 30-year	 career	 in	 financial	 services,	 Mr	 Grimshaw	 has	
held	a	wide	variety	of	other	roles	across	many	functions	of	banking	
and	 finance,	 including	 eight	 years	 at	 the	 Commonwealth	 Bank	 of	
Australia	(CBA).		At	CBA,	he	started	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
over	time	became	Group	Executive,	responsible	for	core	business	
lines  including  Institutional  and  Business  Banking  as  well  as 
Wealth	Management	(Asset	Management	and	Insurance).		Prior	to	
joining	 CBA,	 he	 worked	 for	 the	 National	 Australia	 Bank	 and	 was	
the	Chief	Executive	Officer	of	Great	Britain,	with	responsibility	for	
large	UK	consumer	banks	Yorkshire	Bank	and	Clydesdale	Bank.	Mr	
Grimshaw	is	currently	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	of	EZCORP	Inc. 	
Mr  Grimshaw  represented  New  Zealand  at  the  1984  Olympics  in 
Field	Hockey	and	has	a	Bachelor	of	Commerce	and	Administration	
(Victoria	 University,	 Wellington,	 New	 Zealand)	 and	 an	 MBA	
(Melbourne University, 
P E T E R   c U m i N s
m a n a g i n g   d i r e c t o r
Mr  Cumins  is  an  Australian  national.  He  is  the  Managing  Director 
of	 Cash	 Converters	 International	 Limited.	 He	 joined	 the	 Group	 in	
August  1990  as  Finance  and  Administration  Manager  when  the 
Company had just 23 stores, becoming General Manager in March 
1992. He became Group Managing Director in April 1995.
Mr	 Cumins	is	 a	 qualified	 accountant,	 and	 has	 overseen	 the	 major	
growth	 in	 the	 number	 of	 franchisees	 in	 Australia	 as	 well	 as	 the	
international	 development	 of	 the	 Cash	 Converters	 franchise	
system.	 His	 experience	 in	 the	 management	 of	 large	 organisations	
has  included  senior  executive  positions  in  the  government  health 
sector,	 specifically	 with	 the	 Fremantle	 Hospital	 Group,	 where	 he	
was Finance and Human Resources Manager.
R E g i N A L d   w E b b   
n o n - e x e c u t i v e   d i r e c t o r
Mr  Webb  recently  advised  the  Company  that  he  intends  to  retire 
from	the	Board	following	the	completion	of	the	2016	financial	year.	
Mr	 Webb	 has	 been	 the	 Non-Executive	 Chairman	 since	 January	
1995	and	to	assist	in	the	transition	of	the	Chairman	role,	Mr	Stuart	
Grimshaw  was  appointed  as  interim  Non-Executive  Chairman  on 
10 September 2015.  
Mr	 Webb	 has	 been	 a	 Non-Executive	 Director	 for	 many	 years	 and	
has	 made	 a	 very	 significant	 contribution	 in	 helping	 to	 guide	 the	
Company	 towards	 the	 stable	 and	 successful	 state	 that	 it	 now	
enjoys.
He	is	a	Fellow	of	the	Institute	of	Chartered	Accountants	of	Australia	
and	 was	 for	 many	 years	 a	 Partner	 of	 PricewaterhouseCoopers	
(previously	 Price	 Waterhouse).	 In	 that	 position	 he	 worked	 in	 both	
North America and Europe as well as Australia. He was a partner 
for	20	years	and	served	on	the	Policy	Board	of	that	firm.	He	is	also	
a	Director	of	D’Orsogna	Limited.
15.
 
 
 
 
 
 
d i R E c T O R s ’
P R O f i L E s
( c o n t i n u e d )
L A c h L A N   g i v E N 
k E v i N   d U N d O 
n o n - e x e c u t i v e   d i r e c t o r 
n o n - e x e c u t i v e   d i r e c t o r
Mr Given joined the board on 22 August 2014. He is the Executive 
Chairman	 of	 EZCORP	 Inc	 (a	 major	 shareholder	 in	 the	 Company)	
and	also	a	Director	of	The	Farm	Journal	Corporation,	a	134	year	old	
pre-eminent US agricultural media company; Senetas Corporation 
Limited	(ASX:	SEN),	the	world’s	leading	developer	and	manufacturer	
of	certified,	defence‐grade	encryption	solutions;	and	CANSTAR	Pty	
Ltd,	 the	 leading	 Australian	 financial	 services	 ratings	 and	 research	
firm.	Mr	Given	began	his	career	working	in	the	investment	banking	
and	equity	capital	markets	divisions	of	Merrill	Lynch	in	Hong	Kong	
and Sydney where he specialised in the origination and execution 
of	 a	 variety	 of	 M&A,	 equity	 and	 equity-linked	 and	 fixed	 income	
transactions.  
Mr	Given	graduated	from	the	Queensland	University	of	Technology	
with	a	Bachelor	of	Business	majoring	in	Banking	and	Finance	(with	
distinction).
Mr Dundo joined the board on 20 February 2015. Mr Dundo practises 
as	a	lawyer	and	specialises	in	the	commercial	and	corporate	field,	
with experience in the mining sector, the service industry and the 
financial	 services	 industry.	 	 He	 is	 a	 member	 of	 the	 Law	 Society	
of	Western	Australia,	Law	Council	of	Australia,	Australian	Institute	
of	 Company	 Directors	 and	 a	 Fellow	 of	 the	 Australian	 Society	 of	
Certified	Practising	Accountants.
Mr	 Dundo	 is	 currently	 a	 Non-Executive	 Director	 and	 Chairman	 of	
the	 Audit	 Committee	 of	 ASX-listed	 Imdex	 Limited	 (ASX:IMD)	 and	
Non-Executive	Chairman	of	ASX-listed	Red	5	Limited	(ASX:RED).
16.
  
 
 
 
 
C O N T E N T S
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
2.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 
3.  REVENUES AND EXPENSES 
4. 
INCOME TAX 
5.  REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS 
6.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
7. 
8. 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
INVENTORIES 
9.  OTHER ASSETS 
10.  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 
11.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
12.  BORROWINGS 
13.  PROVISIONS 
14.  OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
15.  GOODWILL 
16. 
ISSUED CAPITAL 
17.  RESERVES AND RETAINED EARNINGS 
18.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
19.  LEASES 
20.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL REMUNERATION 
21.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
22.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
23.  SUBSIDIARIES 
24.  NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS 
25.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 
26.  EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD 
27.  EARNINGS PER SHARE 
28.  DIVIDENDS 
29.  SEGMENTAL INFORMATION 
30.  PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES 
31. 
INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES 
32.  OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS 
33.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 
34.  COMPANY DETAILS 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
18
25
26
27
28
29
44
45
47
49
50
51
54
54
54
55
55
57
57
59
63
63
64
68
69
69
72
73
76
76
77
77
78
78
82
83
83
83
85
86
91
114
115
116
118
17.
annual report 2015  O P E R AT I N G  A N D 
F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W
The	underlying	earnings	for	the	year	have	been	strong,	however,	the	Kentsleigh/Cliffview	licence	terminations	in	December	2014	resulted	
in	 a	 significant	 charge	 of	 $29.6	 million	 against	 earnings.	 	 Pursuant	 to	 Australian	 Accounting	 Standards	 it	 was	 necessary	 to	 recognise	
the	 full	 cost	 of	 the	 terminations	 as	 an	 expense	 during	 the	 year	 ended	 30	 June	 2015.	 	 The	 licence	 termination	 costs	 combined	 with	
the	 class	 action	 settlement	 of	 $23	 million	 (including	 legal	 fees)	 negatively	 impacted	 the	 year’s	 results.	 If	 the	 Company’s	 results	 are	
normalised	 for	 these	 items,	 the	 Company	 has	 achieved	 earnings	 before	 tax,	 depreciation,	 amortisation	 and	 impairment	 (EBITDA)	 of	
$62,745,379	(2014:$55,915,715),	up	12.2%	on	the	prior	year.	This	result	has	been	derived	from	a	13%	growth	in	revenue,	up	$43,223,732	
to	$374,892,639	(2014:$331,668,907).	The	majority	of	the	revenue	increase	has	been	contributed	by	the	personal	loan	segment	(increased	
by	$26,319,070)	and	the	corporate	store	segment	(increased	by	$18,349,893). 	
Statutory	EBITDA	is	$9,323,021	(2014:	$51,601,406);	statutory	net	loss	after	tax	is	$21,685,090	(2014:	net	profit	of	$21,132,289). 	
These	results	produced	a	loss	per	share	of	4.69	cents	(2014:	5.67	cents	profit).	The	directors	have	not	declared	a	final	dividend.
A	summary	of	consolidated	revenues	and	results	by	significant	segment	is	set	out	below: 	
SEGMENT REVENUES (I)
SEGMENT RESULTS
EBITDA (II)
2015
2014
2015
2014
Franchise operations
Store operations
18,951,232
18,452,587
5,965,054
190,322,681
171,972,788
15,006,643*
Financial	services	–	administration
14,728,956
14,320,025
8,262,594*
Financial	services	–	personal	loans
164,324,562
138,005,492
23,996,632*
Vehicle leasing
8,731,185
8,740,241
(2,687,167)
Intersegment	elimination	of	revenues
(25,322,618)
(24,018,386)
-
6,633,516
15,615,352
10,410,310
39,835,270
(4,038,694)
-
371,735,998
327,472,747
50,543,756
68,455,754
3,156,641
4,196,160
(41,422,107)#
(19,914,394)
374,892,639
331,668,907
9,121,649
48,541,360
Totals
Head	office	–	UK	&	Australia		
Totals after head office
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment
Finance Costs
Income tax expense
(Loss)/Profit after income tax
(9,038,058)
(7,587,315)
(9,072,074)
(7,923,711)
-
(8,577,184)
(5,109,292)
(10,908,176)
(21,685,090)
21,132,289
201,372
(21,483,718)
3,060,046
24,192,335
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest
(Loss)/Profit attributable to members of Cash Converters International Limited
(i)	
(ii)	
Segment	revenue	including	external	interest	revenue.
EBITDA	is	Earnings	Before	Interest,	Tax,	Depreciation,	Amortisation	and	Impairment	(Non	IFRS	unaudited	measure).
*							
Includes	the	contract	termination	expense	of	$824,670	in	Store	Operations,	$4,256,000	in	Financial	Services	–	Administration		
and	$24,547,600	in	Financial	Services	–	Personal	Loans.
#									
Includes	the	class	action	settlement	expense	of	$23,000,000.
18.
cash converters international 	
A	summary	of	normalised	results	is	presented	below:
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
EBITDA including non-controlling interest
Add losses attributable to non-controlling interest
EBITDA attributable to members of Cash Converters International Limited
Stamp duty on store acquisitions
Ausgroup provision
GST adjustment
Kentsleigh agency termination payment
Termination	fees	–	bank	facility	(GLA)
N.S.W Class action settlement provision
Class	action	legal	fees
Redundancy costs CCUK
EBITDA normalised
Comments	on	the	operations	and	the	results	of	those	operations	are	set	out	below:
F R A N C H I S E   O P E R AT I O N S
9,121,649
201,372
9,323,021
388,663
(2,927,229)
-
29,628,270
700,000
23,000,000
1,844,903
787,751
62,745,379
48,541,360
3,060,046
51,601,406
1,820,093
1,358,333
1,135,883
-
-
-
-
-
55,915,715
The	EBITDA	profit	of	the	franchise	operations	fell	during	the	2015	financial	year	to	$5,965,054	(2014:	$6,633,516).	During	the	financial	year	
an	expense	of	£222,000	($448,000)	was	recognised	by	the	UK	operations	to	write	off	bad	debts	associated	with	franchise	fees.	Also	during	
this	year	eight	ex-franchised	stores	were	acquired	by	the	corporate	store	operations,	one	in	the	UK	and	seven	in	Australia.		Accordingly,	
the	Australian	business	contributed	a	reduced	EBITDA	of	$3,698,348	(2014:	$3,867,712).	The	UK	operations’	contribution	was	an	EBITDA	
of	$1,764,501	(2014:	$2,299,041).	EBITDA	from	international	franchise	operations	increased	to	$502,205	(2014:	$466,763).
The	total	number	of	franchised	stores	globally	now	stands	at	655,	with	165	stores	in	the	UK,	81	in	Australia	and	409	throughout	the	rest	of	
the	world.	The	Company	continues	to	look	for	opportunities	to	expand	its	franchise	network,	both	in	Australia	and	internationally.
With	EZCORP	Inc.	(a	major	shareholder	in	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	(CCIL))	as	a	sub-franchisor	in	the	USA	and	holding	the	
trademark	and	licensing	rights	in	Canada,	we	are	seeing	an	increase	in	brand	profile	across	North	America.
EZCORP	Inc.	signed	a	Joint	Venture	(JV)	agreement	with	CCIL	in	March	2014	in	relation	to	Mexico	and	South	America.	Four	stores	have	
now been opened in Mexico since entering the joint venture. 
In	January	2014	CCIL,	through	a	subsidiary	company,	acquired	a	25%	equity	interest	in	all	aspects	of	the	New	Zealand	Cash	Converters	
Master	Franchisor,	including	corporate	stores,	franchise	contracts	and	financial	services.		This	interest	was	acquired	for	$5.5	million	which	
reflects	the	pro-rata	share	of	the	actual	investment	cost	incurred	to	date	by	the	New	Zealand	Master	Franchisor.	Since	the	acquisition	
in	 January	 2014	 six	 stores	 have	 been	 opened	 –	 five	 corporate	 and	 one	 franchised	 –	 taking	 the	 total	 number	 to	 nine	 corporate	 and	 11	
franchised	stores	as	at	30	June	2015.	During	the	2016	financial	year	it	is	planned	to	open	a	further	six	corporate	stores	and	four	franchised	
stores	 taking	 the	 total	 store	 number	 to	 30.	 Site	 availability	 for	 stores	 in	 Auckland	 and	 Christchurch	 is	 tight	 due	 to	 a	 restricted	 supply,	
however, site availability in other locations is reasonable, with supply and demand well balanced.     
During	the	year	new	franchised	stores	were	also	opened	in	France,	South	Africa	and	Spain.
19.
annual report 2015  C O R P O R AT E   S T O R E S   O P E R AT I O N S
Corporate	stores	generate	their	revenue	through	the	operation	of	retail	premises	across	Australia	and	the	UK,	and	also	through	online	
retail	sales	via	the	Cash	Converters	Webshop	and	through	cash	advance	online	lending.	The	stores	also	receive	commission	from	Cash	
Converters	Personal	Finance	business	for	personal	loans	generated	in	the	stores.	The	stores	offer	a	mixture	of	‘buys	and	loans’	(traditional	
pawn	broking	and	second	hand	goods	buying),	personal	finance	(in	the	form	of	personal	loans	and	cash	advance)	and	the	retailing	of	new	
and second hand goods.
During	the	year	the	company	acquired	seven	ex-franchised	stores	in	Australia	in	February	2015;	one	store	in	New	South	Wales	and	six	
stores	in	Victoria.	One	store	was	acquired	in	the	UK	during	the	financial	year.	These	acquisitions	took	the	total	number	of	corporate	stores	
to	130	(UK:	59,	Australia:	71).
Corporate	stores	contributed	EBITDA	of	$15,006,643	(2014:$15,615,352)	to	the	group	result,	down	$608,709	on	the	previous	year.	The	
performance	of	the	two	regions,	Australia	and	UK	are	detailed	below:
A U S T R A L I A
The	corporate	store	network	in	Australia	performed	strongly	with	an	EBITDA	contribution	of	$18,791,922	(2014:$16,392,434),	up	14.6%	
on the prior year. 
The	 strong	 EBITDA	 performance	 has	 been	 partly	 contributed	 by	 the	 acquisition	 of	 seven	 stores	 in	 New	 South	 Wales	 and	 Victoria	 in	
February	2015.	Strong	year	on	year	KPI’s,	on	a	like	for	like	basis,	in	regard	to	pawn	broking	interest	and	cash	advance	commissions,	which	
were	up	9.8%	and	11.6%	respectively	on	the	previous	corresponding	period,	and	retail	sales	which	were	up	2.3%	(excluding	scrap	gold	
sales)	also	contributed	strongly	to	the	EBITDA	growth.
With	seven	ex-franchised	stores	acquired	during	the	period,	the	total	number	of	corporate	store	numbers	in	Australia	as	at	30	June	2015	
was 71. 
Revenue	 from	 online	 sales	 via	 the	 Cash	 Converters	 Webshop	 increased	 by	 over	 20%	 to	 $3,910,341	 (2014:$3,245,717)	 as	 the	 site	 as	
become	more	widely	known	as	a	site	for	good	quality	second	hand	products.	With	over	45,000	products	listed	most	people	find	the	site	
interesting	and	good	value	for	money.	
U N I T E D   K I N G D O M
The	 UK	 corporate	 stores	 continued	 to	 face	 tough	 trading	 conditions	 during	 the	 year.	 EBITDA	 for	 the	 UK	 corporate	 stores	 reported	 a	
loss	of	£1,498,006	($2,960,609)	(2014:	loss	£412,691($777,082)).	Revenues	for	the	UK	stores	fell	by	3.1%	to	£33,472,888	($63,121,724)	
(2014:£34,560,025)	 along	 with	 gross	 margins	 which	 were	 6.3%	 lower	 at	 £13,701,001	 ($27,634,129)	 (2014:£14,628,882	 ($26,401,159)).	
Stock	losses	and	stock	loss	provision	for	the	year	were	considerably	higher	this	year	at	£1,644,592	($3,317,047)	compared	to	£652,519	
($1,177,620)	the	previous	year.	
The	introduction	of	the	Consumer	Credit	(Cost	Cap)	2014	in	the	United	Kingdom	in	January	2015	resulted	in	a	drop	in	personal	and	cash	
advance	loans	impacting	the	Group’s	UK	operations	profitability.		As	a	result	of	this	legislation	and	other	economic	factors,	an	impairment	
charge	of	£3,761,791	($7,587,315)	has	been	recognised	in	relation	to	the	UK	operations. 			
One	ex-franchised	store	was	acquired	during	the	period,	taking	the	total	number	of	corporate	store	numbers	in	the	UK	to	59	as	at	30	June	
2015.
W E B S H O P
The	Cash	Converters’	‘Webshop’	was	initially	launched	in	early	2008	and	expands	Cash	Converters	online	presence.	Not	only	generating	
revenue in its own right, the Webshop is proving to be an essential ingredient in introducing people to the Cash Converters brand, with 
many	‘in-store’	experiences	being	borne	from	an	initial	search	of	the	online	store. 	
The	 Webshop	 was	 initially	 only	 servicing	 the	 corporate	 store	 network,	 but	 has	 since	 been	 expanded	 to	 allow	 the	 franchise	 network	 to	
utilise	the	platform	and	list	their	items	for	sale.	The	company	receives	a	commission	based	on	an	agreed	percentage	of	retail	sales	for	the	
provision	of	the	site	and	payment	services.	Each	store	is	responsible	for	its	own	item	listings	and	despatch. 	
20.
cash converters international W E B S H O P
( C O N T I N U E D )
Items	listed	for	sale	on	the	site	can	be	purchased	through	auction	or	a	fixed	price	‘buy	it	now’	option.	Online	sales	have	increased	49.2%	
in	the	UK	and	22.4%	in	Australia	over	the	last	12	months.
Some key online statistics:
Registered users
Unique visitors
Total page views
Retail Sales
UK
AUSTRALIA
244,167
84,715
2,182,023
3,695,833
43,846,277
   30,846,818
£3,488,270
$4,714,496
F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S   O P E R AT I O N S
These	divisions	incorporate	the	trading	results	of	MON-E	Pty	Ltd	(Australia),	Cash	Converters	Personal	Finance	Pty	Ltd	(CCPF)(Australia)	
and the UK Finance Division.
MON-E	Pty	Ltd	is	responsible	for	providing	the	administration	services	for	the	Cash	Converters	network	in	Australia	to	offer	small	cash	
advance	 loans	 to	 their	 customers	 (average	 loan	 size	 of	 approximately	 $411).	 The	 cash	 advance	 principal	 loaned	 is	 financed	 by	 the	
corporate	 stores	 and	 the	 individual	 franchisees	 for	 the	 cash	 advances	 provided	 by	 their	 stores.	 MON-E	 receives	 commission	 from	 the	
store	network	for	each	cash	advance	processed	through	their	systems.
CCPF	provides	small,	largely	unsecured	loans	through	the	franchise	and	corporate	store	networks	in	Australia	and	online.	The	principal	
is	funded	by	CCPF	who	pay	a	commission	to	the	stores	(both	corporate	and	franchise)	for	the	generation	of	the	lead	and	processing	the	
application in store.
The	UK	Finance	Division	utilises	the	software	developed	in	Australia,	for	both	cash	advances	and	personal	loans,	and	is	continuing	to	
roll-out	the	finance	products	across	both	the	franchise	and	corporate	store	networks	in	the	UK.
During	the	period	under	review	the	normalised	EBITDA	for	this	division	was	$61,062,826	(2014:	$50,245,580),	up	$10,817,246	(21.5%)	on	
last	year.	CCPF	contributed	an	EBITDA	of	$54,254,609	(2014:$38,705,533),	MON-E	$11,483,175	(2014:$9,645,378)	and	the	UK	Finance	
Division	a	loss	of	$4,674,958	(2014:	profit	$1,894,669).	The	loss	this	year	has	resulted	from	the	poor	performance	of	the	loan	book	and	the	
change	in	legislation	that	occurred	on	2	January	2015,	resulting	in	a	fall	in	principal	advanced.
P E R S O N A L   L O A N S   -  A U S T R A L I A
The	 Australian	 personal	 loan	 book	 has	 fallen	 slightly	 from	 $109,215,838	 at	 30	 June	 2014	 to	 $107,424,295	 at	 30	 June	 2015,	 a	 drop	 of	
1.6%.	During	2015,	55,902	(2014:43,728)	online	loans	were	advanced	totalling	$63,400,900	(2014:$48,713,650),	representing	an	increase	
in	value	of	30.2%	over	the	previous	year.		Online	lending	now	represents	34.6%	of	the	total	principal	advanced	during	the	year.
For	Australia,	bad	debt	levels	have	increased	to	7.0%	(2014:6.6%)	of	the	net	principal	written-off	to	the	total	principal	advanced	during	the	
year.	The	increase	has	mainly	resulted	from	a	higher	level	of	bad	debts	associated	with	customers	classified	under	the	protected	earnings	
amount	(PEA)	of	the	new	lending	legislation.	As	a	result,	of	this	CCPF	have	increased	the	review	process	for	loan	applications	from	PEA	
customers	and	are	improving	company	collection	procedures	to	significantly	reduce	bad	debts	originating	from	this	customer	class.
The	 Christmas	 period	 is	 one	 of	 the	 busiest	 periods	 for	 the	 personal	 loan	 product	 and	 this	 year	 was	 no	 exception	 with	 an	 amount	 of	
$23,008,250	advanced	in	Australia	during	December	2014	(December	2013:$18,339,396).	This	is	the	highest	amount	ever	lent	during	a	
month	and	represents	a	25.5%	increase	on	the	previous	corresponding	period.
21.
annual report 2015  P E R S O N A L   L O A N S   -  A U S T R A L I A 
( C O N T I N U E D )
Some	key	operating	statistics	for	the	Australian	personal	finance	division:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Total	number	of	approved	loans	increased	by	13.8%	to	177,255
Total	number	of	active	customers	increased	by	9.6%	to	136,866
Loan	book	has	fallen	slightly	to	$107,424,295	(2014:$109,215,838)
Bad	debts	as	a	percentage	of	principal	advanced	increased	to	7.0%
Personal	loans	EBITDA	up	40.3%	to	$54,254,609	(2014:$38,705,533)
P E R S O N A L   L O A N S   -   U N I T E D   K I N G D O M 
The	UK	personal	loan	book	at	30	June	2015	was	£9,285,480	($19,058,925)	(2014:£15,739,299	($28,456,516)).	The	reduction	has	primarily	
resulted	from	the	static	loan	outgoings	following	the	new	legislation	introduced	on	2	January	2015.	During	the	year	bad	debts	of	£8,715,133	
($16,327,227)	(2014:£16,013,550	($28,338,896))	have	been	written-off	which	is	significantly	lower	than	the	previous	year.
The	EBITDA	for	the	UK	personal	loan	book	was	a	loss	of	£2,815,508	($5,710,377)	(2014:	Profit	£654,106	(1,129,737)).	This	result	has	been	
impacted	by	poor	loan	volumes	resulting	from	the	new	legislation.	The	table	below	demonstrates	the	improvement	in	the	ageing	profile	of	
the	UK	loan	book	arrears	from	Jan	2013	to	June	2015.
A g E   b y   d Ay s
j A N U A R y   2 0 1 3
j U N E   2 0 1 3
j U N E   2 0 1 4
j U N E   2 0 1 5
120
90
60
30
5.01%
6.41%
6.58%
5.04%
3.42%
3.33%
3.88%
4.00%
3.80%
3.22%
4.58%
4.03%
1.34%
2.55%
3.89%
4.76%
C A S H  A D VA N C E   -  A U S T R A L I A 
The	company	derives	income	from	the	cash	advance	product	in	multiple	ways.	MON-E	Pty	Ltd	receives	a	commission	from	all	stores	(both	
franchise	and	corporate	stores)	for	the	provision	of	the	online	software	platform	and	administrative	services.	Secondly,	the	corporate	store	
network	generates	interest	income	from	the	loans	provided	to	their	customers.		The	company	has	also	embarked	on	a	major	initiative	
to	launch	the	cash	advance	product	online.	A	fully	integrated	online	platform	for	the	cash	advance	product	went	live	in	December	2012.	
The	online	option	has	proved	to	be	popular	with	over	$11.2	million	in	principal	advanced	during	the	year.	The	normalised	EBITDA	for	the	
Australian	cash	advance	business	was	$11,483,175	(2014:$9,645,378)	an	increase	of	19.1%	over	2014. 	
Key	performance	indicators	for	Cash	Advance	–	Australia:
•	
•	
•	
Total	principal	advanced	up	4.5%	to	$249,547,610	(2014:$238,836,904)
Average	loan	amount	$411	(2014:$413)
Total	customer	numbers	increase	by	11.6%	to	597,891	(2014:535,738)
C A S H  A D VA N C E   -   U N I T E D   K I N G D O M
The	cash	advance	product	for	CCUK	is	struggling	to	gain	good	growth	with	EBITDA	this	year	of	£554,401	($1,035,419)	(2014:	£430,196	
($764,931)	representing	an	increase	of	28.9%	on	the	previous	period. 	
In	July	2014	the	Financial	Conduct	Authority	(FCA)	published	its	paper	on	the	proposed	rate	cap	in	the	UK.	Following	consultation	the	FCA	
published	their	final	paper	in	November	2014,	with	the	introduction	of	the	rate	cap	on	2	January	2015. 		
22.
cash converters international C A S H  A D VA N C E   -   U N I T E D   K I N G D O M
( C O N T I N U E D )
Prior	to	this,	the	Office	of	Fair	Trading	(OFT)	had	completed	its	own	in	depth	review	of	the	leading	50	‘payday	lenders’	who	make	up	90%	
of	the	market	in	the	UK,	of	which	Cash	Converters	UK	is	one.	Each	company	was	issued	with	a	report	of	the	OFT’s	findings	and	given	12	
weeks	to	respond	with	proof	that	they	had	addressed	all	areas	of	non-compliance	identified	during	the	review.	As	a	result	of	the	review:
•	
•	
19	of	the	50	lenders	informed	the	OFT	that	they	are	leaving	the	payday	market.	Four	of	these	have	surrendered	their	licenses;
One	business	failed	to	provide	an	audit	report	by	the	OFT	deadline.	The	business	has	informed	the	OFT	that	it	is	no	longer		
lending.
Following	the	assumption	of	regulatory	responsibility	by	the	FCA	on	the	1	April	2014	further	companies	have	announced	their	intention	to	
restrict	the	level	of	services	they	currently	offer	under	the	high-cost	short-term	credit	industry	in	the	UK.
Key	Performance	Indicators	for	the	UK	Cash	Advance	product	are:
•	
•	
•	
Total	principal	advanced	down	by	2.4%	to	£33,960,004	(2014:£34,791,421)
Average	loan	amount	up	from	£136	to	£147
Total	customer	numbers	increase	by	15.8%	to	179,534	(2014:154,987)
C O R P O R AT E   O F F I C E   C O S T S 
These	costs	represent	the	corporate	office	costs	for	both	Australia	and	the	UK	and	are	shown	separately	because	it	is	difficult	to	allocate	
the	costs	to	any	specific	division/segment	and	to	calculate	an	arbitrary	split	of	the	costs	would	not	be	appropriate	in	obtaining	an	accurate	
contribution	from	each	of	the	divisions.
The	2015	financial	year	saw	an	overall	increase	in	these	costs.	The	Australian	corporate	office	incurred	legal	fees	of	$1,844,903	in	relation	
to	the	New	South	Wales	Class	Action	which	was	finalised	in	June	2015.	The	UK	corporate	office	recorded	costs	associated	with	a	number	
of	redundancy	payments	which	were	paid	out	in	the	period	March	to	June	2015	totalling	£390,575	($787,767). 	
During	the	period	the	Ausgroup	provision	(accrued	in	previous	years)	was	partly	reversed	leading	to	a	credit	to	profit	and	loss	of	$2,927,229	
(2014:	 a	 charge	 of	 $1,358,333).	 The	 reversal	 has	 resulted	 from	 Ausgroup	 ending	 the	 contract	 in	 October	 2014	 and	 the	 fall	 in	 principal	
advanced	as	a	result	of	the	new	legislation	and	the	corresponding	fall	in	commission	payable	to	Ausgroup. 	
Corporate	income	on	commercial	loans	to	various	entities	dropped	by	approximately	$800,000	during	the	year.
F I N A N C I N G  A N D   I N V E S T M E N T  A C T I V I T I E S
B A N K I N G   S E R V I C E S 
In	August	2015	Westpac	Banking	Corporation	informed	the	Company	that	Westpac	has	taken	the	decision	to	cease	to	provide	banking	
and	financial	products	and	services	to	its	customers	who	provide	Short	Term	Credit	Contracts	(STCCs)	or	Small	Amount	Credit	Contracts	
(SACCs)	under	section	5(1)	of	the	National	Consumer	Credit	Protection	Act	2009	(cth).		Cash	Converters	is	a	licenced	provider	of	financial	
services	under	the	terms	of	this	Act.
Westpac  assured  the  Company  that  they  will  implement  this  decision  in  accordance  with  the  Company  contractual  agreements  with 
Westpac,  and  in  a  considered  and  consultative  way  so  as  to  allow  the  Company  to  establish  alternative  banking  arrangements.    The 
Company	currently	has	a	securitisation	facility	with	Westpac	drawn	to	$58.9	million	which	is	contracted	to	March	2016	with	an	approximate	
six	month	run-off	period.	Westpac	also	provides	transactional	banking	services	to	the	Company	and	have	agreed	to	provide	these	services	
until	March	2017	(the	expiry	date	of	the	securitisation	facility). 	
The	 Company	 is	 confident	 that	 all	 Westpac	 facilities	 and	 services	 will	 be	 replaced	 in	 the	 ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 including	 the	
securitisation	facility	for	the	personal	loans.
23.
annual report 2015  c a r b o o d l e
The	Carboodle	brand	was	established	by	Green	Light	Auto	Group	Pty	Ltd	(GLA)	in	2010.	Designed	as	a	total	motoring	solution,	Carboodle	
provides	customers	who	don’t	have	access	to	main	stream	credit	(retail	and	commercial)	with	a	reliable,	late	model	and	well	maintained	
vehicle.	The	leasing	arrangement	packages	all	running	cost	of	the	vehicle	(with	the	exception	of	fuel)	into	one	easy	payment,	and	runs	for	
24 to 48 months. Packaged running costs can include:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Annual	registration
Comprehensive	insurance
Extended	warranty
Scheduled	servicing
Tyres
Roadside	assistance
GLA	retains	ownership	of	the	vehicle	and	at	the	end	of	the	lease	term,	the	customer	hands	back	the	car	and	may	initiate	a	new	lease	on	a	
new	vehicle	if	they	wish.	Carboodle	focusses	on	providing	popular	models	of	both	passenger	and	commercial	vehicles	to	retail	customers	
as well as tradesmen and small businesses.
GLA  has  an  exclusive  license  with  the  Company  that  allows  it  to  use  all  Australian  Cash  Converters  stores  as  its  agent  to  promote 
the	Carboodle	product.	Carboodle	pays	a	royalty	to	the	company	and	a	commission	to	the	stores	for	each	lead	converted	to	a	lease.	
Carboodle showrooms have been established in Perth, Melbourne, and Brisbane.
At	 30	 June	 2015,	 798	 active	 leases	 were	 in	 place	 with	 forward	 contracted	 lease	 payments	 of	 $25,389,462.	 Total	 revenue	 for	 the	 2015	
financial	year	was	$8,461,345.	During	the	review	period,	GLA	entered	into	a	referral	and	broker	agreement	with	Aussie	Car	Loans	(ACL)	
which	 will	 allow	 some	 ACL	 customers	 to	 be	 referred	 to	 GLA	 and	 allow	 GLA	 to	 have	 access	 to	 ACL’s	 panel	 of	 lenders.	 GLA	 has	 also	
entered	into	an	agreement	with	FleetPartners	for	the	provision	of	high	quality	fully	maintained,	end	of	lease	vehicles,	for	release	to	GLA’s	
customers.	 As	 part	 of	 this	 agreement,	 FleetPartners	 purchased	 the	 current	 fleet	 of	 vehicles	 owned	 by	 GLA	 on	 a	 sale	 and	 leaseback	
arrangement.	GLA	will	use	FleetPartners	exclusively	for	all	future	vehicle	leasing	and	as	a	result,	the	previous	arrangement	which	was	more	
expensive,	has	been	terminated.	This	resulted	in	finance	termination	costs	of	$700,000.
During	the	period,	the	Company	also	completed	the	acquisition	of	the	remaining	20%	of	the	shares	that	it	did	not	already	own	in	GLA	for	
the	consideration	of	$450,000.	The	Company	now	has	a	solid	platform	to	develop	the	business.
O U T L O O K
The	Australian	business	continued	to	perform	strongly	in	FY	2015	with	normalised,	underlying	EBITDA	up	26.4%	to	$71.3	million	and	we	
expect	to	see	further	growth	in	FY	2016	as	we	enjoy	the	full	year	benefits	of	the	Kentsleigh/Cliffview	transaction,	the	store	acquisitions	in	
February 2015 and organic growth.
The	initial	negative	impact	that	UK	legislative	changes	had	from	2	January	2015	on	lending	volumes	has	eased	and	volumes	have	returned	
to	 previous	 levels.	 We	 are	 now	 starting	 to	 see	 new	 customer	 numbers	 increase	 as	 a	 result	 of	 the	 closure	 of	 a	 significant	 number	 of	
competitors	and	look	forward	to	growth	in	2016.	We	also	expect	to	see	an	improvement	in	the	UK	result	in	FY	2016.
The	Company	is	now	enjoying	strong	underlying	profit	growth	from	two	profit	drivers,	the	Australian	corporate	stores	and	the	Australian	
financial	services	business.	Significant	changes	have	now	been	made	to	the	UK	business	and	the	benefit	of	that	turnaround	will	start	to	
come	through	in	the	group	results	for	2016.
24.
cash converters international C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T   O F   P R O F I T   O R   L O S S  A N D   O T H E R   
C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E                                                                                                     
F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 0   J U N E   2 0 1 5
Franchise	fees
Financial services interest revenue
Sale	of	goods
Other revenues
Revenue
Cost	of	Sales
Gross Profit
Administrative expenses
Advertising expenses
Occupancy expenses
Contract termination expense
Settlement expense
Impairment	of	non-current	assets
Other expenses
Finance costs
Share	of	net	profit	/(loss)	of	equity	accounted	investment
(Loss) / Profit before income tax
NOTES
2015
$
2014
$
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.10
15.5
3.8
3.9
31
10,648,740
10,814,182
237,541,768
202,932,785
120,948,283
112,218,737
5,753,848
5,703,203
374,892,639
331,668,907
(138,457,324)
(118,868,721)
236,435,315
212,800,186
(90,541,061)
(80,545,397)
(7,408,635)
(7,691,909)
(21,031,121)
(19,520,946)
(29,628,270)
(23,000,000)
(7,587,315)
-
-
-
(64,816,320)
(64,382,820)
(9,072,074)
(8,577,184)
73,683
(41,465)
(16,575,798)
32,040,465
Income tax expense
4
(5,109,292)
(10,908,176)
(Loss) / Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Exchange	differences	on	translation	of	foreign	operations
Other	comprehensive	income	for	the	year
Total comprehensive income for the year
(Loss) / Profit attributable to:
Owners	of	the	company
Non-controlling interest
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners	of	the	company
Non-controlling interest
(Loss) / Earnings per share
Basic	(cents	per	share)
Diluted	(cents	per	share)
(21,685,090)
21,132,289
7,633,797
7,633,797
(14,051,293)
5,692,747
5,692,747
26,825,036
(21,483,718)
24,192,335
(201,372)
(21,685,090)
(3,060,046)
21,132,289
(13,849,921)
29,885,082
(201,372)
(14,051,293)
(3,060,046)
26,825,036
27
27
(4.69)
(4.69)
5.67
5.56
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
25.
annual report 2015  C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N 
A S  AT   3 0   J U N E   2 0 1 5
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Personal loan receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Current tax receivable
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Plant and equipment
Deferred	tax	assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Investments in associates
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Current tax payables
Provisions
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Equity	attributable	to	owners	of	the	company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
NOTES
2015
$
2014
$
6
7
7
8
9
7
10
4
15
14
31
11
12
13
12
13
16
17
17
24
52,378,665
28,120,417
26,843,072
29,442,823
119,861,673
123,677,192
27,683,578
11,936,995
3,600,310
25,561,710
10,578,199
-
243,581,838
216,102,996
18,985,690
25,357,910
10,875,338
18,914,434
22,586,763
13,543,414
111,408,026
110,726,057
24,706,855
21,899,866
6,287,609
197,621,428
441,203,066
6,213,926
193,884,460
409,987,456
26,449,716
60,705,129
-
25,672,716
112,827,561
26,794,208
59,942,763
9,737,589
4,638,888
101,113,448
66,436,795
64,019,148
240,082
148,539
66,676,877
179,504,438
64,167,687
165,281,135
261,698,628
244,706,321
205,399,340
156,679,067
(2,080,407)
58,378,646
(6,503,189)
98,025,142
261,697,579
248,201,020
1,049
(3,494,699)
261,698,628
244,706,321
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated statement of financial position
26.
cash converters international C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y
F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 0   J U N E   2 0 1 5
NON-CON-
FOREIGN 
TROLLING 
CURRENCY 
INTEREST 
SHARE-
TRANS-
ACQUI-
BASED 
ATTRIBUT-
ABLE TO 
OWNERS 
NON- 
CON-
ISSUED  
LATION 
SITION 
PAYMENT 
RETAINED 
OF THE 
TROLLING 
CAPITAL
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
EARNINGS
PARENT
INTEREST
TOTAL
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Balance as at 1 July 2013
151,708,656
(2,629,872)
Profit for the year
Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign operations
Total comprehensive income for the 
year
Non-controlling interest arising from 
contractual arrangement
Issue of shares (DRP)
Share-based payments
Shares issued on exercise of perfor-
mance rights
Payment of dividends
-
-
-
-
4,602,017
-
368,394
-
Acquisition of non-controlling interests                    -
-
5,692,747
5,692,747
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(11,662,250)
1,715,775
90,835,176 241,629,735
1,049 241,630,784
-
-
-
-
-
748,805
(368,394)
-
-
24,192,335
24,192,335
(3,060,046) 21,132,289
-
5,692,747
-
5,692,747
24,192,335
29,885,082
(3,060,046) 26,825,036
-
(4,602,017)
-
-
-
-
748,805
-
(12,400,352)
(12,400,352)
(12,097,952)
(12,097,952)
-
-
-
-
-
748,805
-
(12,400,352)
-
(11,662,250)
11,662,250
-
Balance at 30 June 2014
Loss for the year
Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign operations
Total comprehensive income for  
the year
Issue of shares
Issue of shares (DRP)
Share issue costs (net of tax)
Share-based payments
Shares issued on exercise of  
performance rights
Payment of dividends
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
156,679,067
3,062,875 (11,662,250)
2,096,186
98,025,142 248,201,020
(3,494,699) 244,706,321
-
-
-
-
7,633,797
7,633,797
45,030,000
4,515,708
(1,192,206)
-
366,771
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,147,120)
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,302,876
(366,771)
-
-
(21,483,718)
(21,483,718)
(201,372)
(21,685,090)
-
7,633,797
-
7,633,797
(21,483,718)
(13,849,921)
(201,372)
(14,051,293)
-
45,030,000
(4,515,708)
-
-
-
-
(1,192,206)
1,302,876
-
(13,647,070)
(13,647,070)
-
-
-
-
-
-
45,030,000
-
(1,192,206)
1,302,876
-
(13,647,070)
-
(4,147,120)
3,697,120
(450,000)
Balance at 30 June 2015
205,399,340
10,696,672 (15,809,370)
3,032,291
58,378,646 261,697,579
1,049 261,698,628
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity
27.
annual report 2015  C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T   O F   C A S H   F L O W S
F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 0   J U N E   2 0 1 5
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts	from	customers
Payments to suppliers and employees
Payment	for	contract	termination
Interest received
Interest	received	from	personal	loans
Net increase in personal loans
Interest	and	costs	of	finance	paid
Income tax paid
Net	cash	flows	provided	by	operating	activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Net	cash	paid	for	acquisitions	of	controlled	entities
Acquisition	of	investment
Acquisition	of	intangible	asset
Proceeds	from	sale	of	plant	and	equipment
Purchase	of	plant	and	equipment
Amounts advanced to third parties
Instalment	credit	loans	repaid	by	franchisees
Net	cash	flows	used	in	investing	activities
Cash flows from financing activities
NOTES
2015
$
2014
$
242,343,005
202,319,838
(256,073,351)
(233,614,563)
(30,053,870)
566,316
-
597,450
98,199,057
87,713,601
(18,007,344)
(30,753,427)
(9,072,074)
(8,577,184)
(15,065,927)
(13,344,332)
12,835,812
4,341,383
(13,458,891)
(10,654,215)
-
(2,602,088)
-
(5,491,059)
(2,159,211)
76,273
(7,979,308)
(4,191,059)
-
(15,000,000)
254,710
394,270
(23,785,577)
(37,025,001)
6
33
14
10
Dividends	paid	–	members	of	parent	entity
28
(13,647,070)
(12,400,351)
Proceeds	from	borrowings
Repayment	of	borrowings
Borrowing Costs
Capital	element	of	finance	lease	and	hire	purchase	payments
Payment	for	change	in	ownership	of	a	controlled	entity
Proceeds	from	issue	of	shares
Share issue costs
Net	cash	flows	provided	by	financing	activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effects	of	exchange	rate	changes	on	the	balance	of	cash	held	in 	
in	foreign	currencies
24,558,206
76,252,631
(21,470,484)
(26,323,211)
-
(364,501)
(450,000)
45,030,000
(1,703,152)
31,952,999
21,003,234
26,843,072
4,532,359
(1,265,170)
(487,196)
-
-
-
35,776,703
3,093,085
20,729,330
3,020,657
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
6
52,378,665
26,843,072
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows statement
28.
cash converters international N O T E S   T O   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S 
F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 0   J U N E   2 0 1 5
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
Accounting	policies	are	selected	and	applied	in	a	manner	which	ensures	that	the	resulting	financial	information	satisfies	the	concepts	of	
relevance	and	reliability,	thereby	ensuring	that	the	substance	of	the	underlying	transactions	or	other	events	is	reported.	The	Group	has	
adopted	all	of	the	new	and	revised	Standards	and	Interpretations	issued	by	the	Australian	Accounting	Standards	Board	(the	AASB)	that	
are	relevant	to	their	operations	and	effective	for	the	current	reporting	period	as	stated	in	note	1.22.
The	adoption	of	these	amendments	has	not	resulted	in	any	significant	changes	to	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	nor	any	significant	effect	
on	the	measurement	or	disclosure	of	the	amounts	reported	for	the	current	or	prior	periods.
The	following	significant	accounting	policies	have	been	adopted	in	the	preparation	and	presentation	of	the	financial	report:
1 . 1 .   S TAT E M E N T   O F   C O M P L I A N C E
The	 financial	 report	 is	 a	 general	 purpose	 financial	 report	 which	 has	 been	 prepared	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 Corporations	 Act	 2001,	
Accounting	Standards	and	Interpretations,	and	complies	with	other	requirements	of	the	law. 	
The	financial	report	comprises	the	consolidated	financial	report	of	the	Group.	For	the	purposes	of	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	
statements,	the	Company	is	a	for-profit	entity.
Accounting Standards include Australian Accounting Standards. Compliance with the Australian Accounting Standards ensures that the 
financial	statements	and	notes	of	the	consolidated	entity	comply	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(‘IFRS’). 	
The	financial	statements	were	authorised	for	issue	by	the	directors	on	22	September	2015.
1 . 2 .   B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N 
The	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 have	 been	 prepared	 on	 the	 basis	 of	 historical	 cost,	 except	 for	 certain	 properties	 and	 financial	
instruments	 that	 are	 measured	 at	 revalued	 amounts	 or	 fair	 values	 at	 the	 end	 of	 each	 reporting	 period,	 as	 explained	 in	 the	 accounting	
policies	 below.	 Historical	 cost	 is	 generally	 based	 on	 the	 fair	 values	 of	 the	 consideration	 given	 in	 exchange	 for	 goods	 and	 services.	 All	
amounts are presented in Australian dollars, unless otherwise noted.
Fair	 value	 is	 the	 price	 that	 would	 be	 received	 to	 sell	 an	 asset	 or	 paid	 to	 transfer	 a	 liability	 in	 an	 orderly	 transaction	 between	 market	
participants	 at	 the	 measurement	 date,	 regardless	 of	 whether	 that	 price	 is	 directly	 observable	 or	 estimated	 using	 another	 valuation	
technique.	In	estimating	the	fair	value	of	an	asset	or	a	liability,	the	Group	takes	into	account	the	characteristics	of	the	asset	or	liability	
if	 market	 participants	 would	 take	 those	 characteristics	 into	 account	 when	 pricing	 the	 asset	 or	 liability	 at	 the	 measurement	 date.	 Fair	
value	for	measurement	and/or	disclosure	purposes	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements	is	determined	on	such	a	basis,	except	for	
share-based	payment	transactions	that	are	within	the	scope	of	AASB	2,	leasing	transactions	that	are	within	the	scope	of	AASB	117,	and	
measurements	that	have	some	similarities	to	fair	value	but	are	not	fair	value,	such	as	net	realisable	value	in	AASB	2	or	value	in	use	in	
AASB 136.
In	addition,	for	financial	reporting	purposes,	fair	value	measurements	are	categorised	into	Level	1,	2	or	3	based	on	the	degree	to	which	
the	inputs	to	the	fair	value	measurements	are	observable	and	the	significance	of	the	inputs	to	the	fair	value	measurement	in	its	entirety,	
which	are	described	as	follows:
•	
•	
•	
Level	1	inputs	are	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities	that	the	entity	can	access	at		
the measurement date;
Level	2	inputs	are	inputs,	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1,	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either		
directly or indirectly; and 
Level	3	inputs	are	unobservable	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability.
29.
annual report 2015   
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 3 .   B A S I S   O F   C O N S O L I D AT I O N
The	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 incorporate	 the	 financial	 statements	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 entities	 (including	 structured	 entities)	
controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:
•	
•	
•	
has	power	over	the	investee;
is	exposed,	or	has	rights,	to	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	investee;	and
has	the	ability	to	use	its	power	to	affect	its	returns.
The	 Company	 reassesses	 whether	 or	 not	 it	 controls	 an	 investee	 if	 facts	 and	 circumstances	 indicate	 that	 there	 are	 changes	 to	 one	 or	
more	of	the	three	elements	of	control	listed	above.	When	the	Company	has	less	than	a	majority	of	the	voting	rights	of	an	investee,	it	has	
power	over	the	investee	when	the	voting	rights	are	sufficient	to	give	it	the	practical	ability	to	direct	the	relevant	activities	of	the	investee	
unilaterally.	The	Company	considers	all	relevant	facts	and	circumstances	in	assessing	whether	or	not	the	Company’s	voting	rights	in	an	
investee	are	sufficient	to	give	it	power,	including:
•	
•	
•	
the	size	of	the	Company’s	holding	of	voting	rights	relative	to	the	size	and	dispersion	of	holdings	of	the	other	vote	holders;
potential	voting	rights	held	by	the	Company,	other	vote	holders	or	other	parties;
rights	arising	from	other	contractual	arrangements;	and
any	additional	facts	and	circumstances	that	indicate	that	the	Company	has,	or	does	not	have,	the	current	ability	to	direct	the	relevant	
activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.
Consolidation	 of	 a	 subsidiary	 begins	 when	 the	 Company	 obtains	 control	 over	 the	 subsidiary	 and	 ceases	 when	 the	 Company	 loses	
control	of	the	subsidiary.	Specifically,	income	and	expenses	of	a	subsidiary	acquired	or	disposed	of	during	the	year	are	included	in	the	
consolidated	statement	of	profit	or	loss	and	other	comprehensive	income	from	the	date	the	Company	gains	control	until	the	date	when	
the	Company	ceases	to	control	the	subsidiary.	Profit	or	loss	and	each	component	of	other	comprehensive	income	are	attributed	to	the	
owners	of	the	Company	and	to	the	non-controlling	interests.	Total	comprehensive	income	of	subsidiaries	is	attributed	to	the	owners	of	the	
Company	and	to	the	non-controlling	interests	even	if	this	results	in	the	non-controlling	interests	having	a	deficit	balance.
When	 necessary,	 adjustments	 are	 made	 to	 the	 financial	 statements	 of	 subsidiaries	 to	 bring	 their	 accounting	 policies	 into	 line	 with	 the	
Group’s	accounting	policies.	All	intragroup	assets	and	liabilities,	equity,	income,	expenses	and	cash	flows	relating	to	transactions	between	
members	of	the	Group	are	eliminated	in	full	on	consolidation.
Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in existing subsidiaries
Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing control over the subsidiaries are accounted 
for	 as	 equity	 transactions.	 The	 carrying	 amounts	 of	 the	 Group’s	 interests	 and	 the	 non-controlling	 interests	 are	 adjusted	 to	 reflect	 the	
changes	 in	 their	 relative	 interests	 in	 the	 subsidiaries.	 Any	 difference	 between	 the	 amount	 by	 which	 the	 non-controlling	 interests	 are	
adjusted	and	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	paid	or	received	is	recognised	directly	in	equity	and	attributed	to	owners	of	the	Company.
When	the	Group	loses	control	of	a	subsidiary,	a	gain	or	loss	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	and	is	calculated	as	the	difference	between	(i)	
the	aggregate	of	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	received	and	the	fair	value	of	any	retained	interest	and	(ii)	the	previous	carrying	amount	
of	the	assets	(including	goodwill),	and	liabilities	of	the	subsidiary	and	any	non-controlling	interests.	All	amounts	previously	recognised	in	
other	comprehensive	income	in	relation	to	that	subsidiary	are	accounted	for	as	if	the	Group	had	directly	disposed	of	the	related	assets	or	
liabilities	of	the	subsidiary	(i.e.	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss	or	transferred	to	another	category	of	equity	as
specified/permitted	by	applicable	AASBs).	The	fair	value	of	any	investment	retained	in	the	former	subsidiary	at	the	date	when	control	is	
lost	is	regarded	as	the	fair	value	on	initial	recognition	for	subsequent	accounting	under	AASB	139,	when	applicable,	the	cost	on	initial	
recognition	of	an	investment	in	an	associate	or	a	joint	venture.
30.
cash converters international 1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 4 .   B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N AT I O N S
Acquisitions	 of	 subsidiaries	 and	 businesses	 are	 accounted	 for	 using	 the	 acquisition	 method.	 The	 consideration	 for	 each	 acquisition	
is	 measured	 at	 the	 aggregate	 of	 the	 fair	 values	 (at	 the	 date	 of	 exchange)	 of	 assets	 given,	 liabilities	 incurred	 or	 assumed,	 and	 equity	
instruments	issued	by	the	consolidated	entity	in	exchange	for	control	of	the	acquiree.	Acquisition-related	costs	are	recognised	in	profit	
or loss as incurred.
Where	applicable,	the	consideration	for	the	acquisition	includes	any	asset	or	liability	resulting	from	a	contingent	consideration	arrangement,	
measured	at	its	acquisition-date	fair	value.	Subsequent	changes	in	such	fair	values	are	adjusted	against	the	cost	of	acquisition	where	
they	qualify	as	measurement	period	adjustments	(refer	below).	All	other	subsequent	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	contingent	consideration	
classified	 as	 an	 asset	 or	 liability	 are	 accounted	 for	 in	 accordance	 with	 relevant	 Standards.	 Changes	 in	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 contingent	
consideration	classified	as	equity	are	not	remeasured	at	subsequent	reporting	dates	and	its	subsequent	settlement	is	amended	for	within	
equity.
Where  a  business  combination  is  achieved  in  stages,  the  consolidated  entity’s  previously  held  interests  in  the  acquired  entity  are  re-
measured	to	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date	(i.e.	the	date	the	consolidated	entity	attains	control)	and	the	resulting	gain	or	loss,	if	any,	
is	 recognised	 in	 profit	 or	 loss.	 Amounts	 arising	 from	 interests	 in	 the	 acquiree	 prior	 to	 the	 acquisition	 date	 that	 have	 previously	 been	
recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	are	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss,	where	such	treatment	would	be	appropriate	if	that	interest	
were	disposed	of.
The	 acquiree’s	 identifiable	 assets,	 liabilities	 and	 contingent	 liabilities	 that	 meet	 the	 conditions	 for	 recognition	 under	 AASB	 3(2008)	 are	
recognised	at	their	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date,	except	that:
•	
• 	
•	
deferred	tax	assets	or	liabilities	and	liabilities	or	assets	related	to	employee	benefit	arrangements	are	recognised	and		
measured	in	accordance	with	AASB	112	Income	Taxes	and	AASB	119	Employee	Benefits	respectively;
liabilities	or	equity	instruments	related	to	the	replacement	by	the	consolidated	entity	of	an	acquiree’s	share-based	payment		
awards are measured in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment; and
assets	(or	disposal	groups)	that	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	in	accordance	with	AASB	5	Non-current	Assets	Held	for	Sale		
and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that Standard.
If	 the	 initial	 accounting	 for	 a	 business	 combination	 is	 incomplete	 by	 the	 end	 of	 the	 reporting	 period	 in	 which	 the	 combination	 occurs,	
the	consolidated	entity	reports	provisional	amounts	for	the	items	for	which	the	accounting	is	incomplete.	Those	provisional	amounts	are	
adjusted	during	the	measurement	period	(see	below),	or	additional	assets	or	liabilities	are	recognised,	to	reflect	new	information	obtained	
about	 facts	 and	 circumstances	 that	 existed	 as	 of	 the	 acquisition	 date	 that,	 if	 known,	 would	 have	 affected	 the	 amounts	 recognised	 as	
of	 that	 date.	 The	 measurement	 period	 is	 the	 period	 from	 the	 date	 of	 acquisition	 to	 the	 date	 the	 consolidated	 entity	 obtains	 complete	
information	about	facts	and	circumstances	that	existed	as	of	the	acquisition	date	–	and	is	subject	to	a	maximum	of	one	year. 	
1 . 5 .   G O O D W I L L
Goodwill	arising	in	a	business	combination	is	recognised	as	an	asset	at	the	date	that	control	is	acquired	(the	acquisition	date).	Goodwill	
is	measured	as	the	excess	of	the	sum	of	the	consideration	transferred,	the	amount	of	any	non-controlling	interests	in	the	acquiree,	and	
the	fair	value	of	the	acquirer’s	previously	held	equity	interest	in	the	acquiree	(if	any)	over	the	net	of	the	acquisition-date	amounts	of	the	
identifiable	assets	acquired	and	the	liabilities	assumed.
If,	after	reassessment,	the	consolidated	entity’s	interest	in	the	fair	value	of	the	acquiree’s	identifiable	net	assets	exceeds	the	sum	of	the	
consideration	transferred,	the	amount	of	any	non-controlling	interests	in	the	acquiree	and	the	fair	value	of	the	acquirer’s	previously	held	
equity	interest	in	the	acquiree	(if	any),	the	excess	is	recognised	immediately	in	profit	or	loss	as	a	bargain	purchase	gain.
Goodwill	is	not	amortised	but	is	reviewed	for	impairment	at	least	annually.	For	the	purpose	of	impairment	testing,	goodwill	is	allocated	
to	each	of	the	Group’s	cash-generating	units	expected	to	benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	combination.	Cash-generating	units	to	which	
goodwill	 has	 been	 allocated	 are	 tested	 for	 impairment	 annually,	 or	 more	 frequently	 when	 there	 is	 an	 indication	 that	 the	 unit	 may	 be	
impaired.	 If	 the	 recoverable	 amount	 of	 the	 cash-generating	 unit	 is	 less	 than	 its	 carrying	 amount,	 the	 impairment	 loss	 is	 allocated	 first	
to	reduce	the	carrying	amount	of	any	goodwill	allocated	to	the	unit	and	then	to	the	other	assets	of	the	unit	pro-rata	on	the	basis	of	the	
carrying	amount	of	each	asset	in	the	unit.	An	impairment	loss	recognised	for	goodwill	is	not	reversed	in	a	subsequent	period. 	
On	disposal	of	a	subsidiary,	the	attributable	amount	of	goodwill	is	included	in	the	determination	of	the	profit	or	loss	on	disposal.
31.
annual report 2015  	
	
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 6 .   I N V E S T M E N T S   I N  A S S O C I AT E S  A N D   J O I N T   V E N T U R E S 
An	associate	is	an	entity	over	which	the	Group	has	significant	influence.	Significant	influence	is	the	power	to	participate	in	the	financial	
and	operating	policy	decisions	of	the	investee	but	is	not	control	or	joint	control	over	those	policies.
A	joint	venture	is	a	joint	arrangement	whereby	the	parties	that	have	joint	control	of	the	arrangement	have	rights	to	the	net	assets	of	the	
joint	arrangement.	Joint	control	is	the	contractually	agreed	sharing	of	control	of	an	arrangement,	which	exists	only	when	decisions	about	
the	relevant	activities	require	unanimous	consent	of	the	parties	sharing	control.
The	results	and	assets	and	liabilities	of	associates	or	joint	ventures	are	incorporated	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements	using	the	
equity	method	of	accounting,	except	when	the	investment,	or	a	portion	thereof,	is	classified	as	held	for	sale,	in	which	case	it	is	accounted	
for	in	accordance	with	AASB	5.	Under	the	equity	method,	an	investment	in	an	associate	or	a	joint	venture	is	initially	recognised	in	the	
consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	at	cost	and	adjusted	thereafter	to	recognise	the	Group’s	share	of	the	profit	or	loss	and	other	
comprehensive	 income	 of	 the	 associate	 or	 joint	 venture.	 When	 the	 Group’s	 share	 of	 losses	 of	 an	 associate	 or	 a	 joint	 venture	 exceeds	
the	Group’s	interest	in	that	associate	or	joint	venture	(which	includes	any	long-term	interests	that,	in	substance,	form	part	of	the	Group’s	
net	 investment	 in	 the	 associate	 or	 joint	 venture),	 the	 Group	 discontinues	 recognising	 its	 share	 of	 further	 losses.	 Additional	 losses	 are	
recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	the	Group	has	incurred	legal	or	constructive	obligations	or	made	payments	on	behalf	of	the	associate	
or joint venture.
An	investment	in	an	associate	or	a	joint	venture	is	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	from	the	date	on	which	the	investee	becomes	an	
associate	or	a	joint	venture.	On	acquisition	of	the	investment	in	an	associate	or	a	joint	venture,	any	excess	of	the	cost	of	the	investment	
over	 the	 Group’s	 share	 of	 the	 net	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 identifiable	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 of	 the	 investee	 is	 recognised	 as	 goodwill,	 which	 is	
included	 within	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 the	 investment.	 Any	 excess	 of	 the	 Group’s	 share	 of	 the	 net	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 identifiable	 assets	
and	liabilities	over	the	cost	of	the	investment,	after	reassessment,	is	recognised	immediately	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	which	the	
investment is acquired.
The	 requirements	 of	 AASB	 139	 are	 applied	 to	 determine	 whether	 it	 is	 necessary	 to	 recognise	 any	 impairment	 loss	 with	 respect	 to	 the	
Group’s	investment	in	an	associate	or	a	joint	venture.	When	necessary,	the	entire	carrying	amount	of	the	investment	(including	goodwill)	is	
tested	for	impairment	in	accordance	with	AASB	136	Impairment	of	Assets	as	a	single	asset	by	comparing	its	recoverable	amount	(higher	of	
value	in	use	and	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell)	with	its	carrying	amount.		Any	impairment	loss	recognised	forms	part	of	the	carrying	amount	of	
the	investment.	Any	reversal	of	that	impairment	loss	is	recognised	in	accordance	with	AASB	136	to	the	extent	that	the	recoverable	amount	
of	the	investment	subsequently	increases.
1 . 7 .   R E V E N U E   R E C O G N I T I O N 
1 . 7 . 1 .   F R A N C H I S E   S A L E S / R E N E W A L S 
Fees	in	respect	of	the	initial	sale	of	a	franchise	licence	and	fees	from	the	renewal	of	a	franchise	licence	are	recognised	on	an	
accruals	basis.	Income	is	recognised	in	full	upon	the	sale’s	completion	or	upon	the	renewal	of	the	licence	as	all	material	services	
and/or	conditions	relating	to	the	sale	or	renewal	have	been	fully	performed	or	satisfied	by	the	economic	entity .
1 . 7 . 2 .   C O N T I N U I N G   F R A N C H I S E   F E E S / L E V I E S
Continuing	 franchise	 fees/levies	 in	 respect	 of	 particular	 services,	 are	 recognised	 as	 income	 when	 they	 become	 due	 and	
receivable and the costs in relation to the income are recognised as expenses when incurred.
1 . 7 . 3 .   I N S TA L M E N T   C R E D I T   L O A N   I N T E R E S T 
Interest	 received	 from	 franchisees	 in	 respect	 of	 instalment	 credit	 loans	 is	 recognised	 as	 income	 when	 earned.	 The	 effective	
interest	rate	method	has	been	used	to	allocate	fixed	interest	to	accounting	periods.
1 . 7 . 4 .   P E R S O N A L   L O A N / V E H I C L E   L E A S E   I N T E R E S T
Interest	 revenue	 in	 relation	 to	 personal	 loans	 and	 vehicles	 leases	 is	 accrued	 on	 a	 time	 basis	 by	 reference	 to	 the	 principal	
outstanding	and	at	the	effective	interest	rate	applicable,	which	is	the	rate	that	exactly	discounts	estimated	future	cash	receipts	
through	the	expected	life	of	the	financial	asset	to	that	asset	net	carrying	amount.
32.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
   
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 7 . 5 .   L O A N   E S TA B L I S H M E N T   F E E   R E V E N U E 
Establishment	 fees	 are	 deferred	 and	 recognised	 over	 the	 life	 of	 the	 loans	 at	 the	 effective	 interest	 rate	 applicable	 so	 as	 to	
recognise	revenue	at	a	constant	rate	to	the	underlying	principal	over	the	expected	life	of	the	loan.  
1 . 7 . 6 .   O T H E R   V E H I C L E   R E V E N U E
Charges relating to the vehicle leases such as vehicle maintenance, warranty, registration and insurance, are recognised over  
the	life	of	the	lease.
1 . 7 . 7 .   O T H E R   C AT E G O R I E S   O F   R E V E N U E
Other	categories	of	revenue,	such	as	retail	wholesale	sales,	corporate	store	revenue,	cheque	cashing	commission	and	financial	
services	commission,	are	recognised	when	the	consolidated	entity	has	transferred	the	risks	and	rewards	of	the	goods	to	the	
buyer or when the services are provided. Bank interest and rent are recognised as earned on an accruals basis.
1 . 8 .   L E A S I N G   
Leases	are	classified	as	finance	leases	whenever	the	terms	of	the	lease	transfer	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of		 	
ownership	to	the	lessee.	All	other	leases	are	classified	as	operating	leases.
1 . 8 . 1 .   C O N S O L I D AT E D   E N T I T Y  A S   L E S S O R
Amounts	due	from	lessees	under	finance	leases	are	recognised	as	receivables	at	the	amount	of	the	Group’s	net	investment	in	
the	leases.	Finance	lease	income	is	allocated	to	accounting	periods	so	as	to	reflect	a	constant	periodic	rate	of	return	on	the	
Group’s	net	investment	outstanding	in	respect	of	the	leases.
Rental	income	from	operating	leases	is	recognised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	term	of	the	relevant	lease.	Initial	direct	costs	
incurred	in	negotiating	and	arranging	an	operating	lease	are	added	to	the	carrying	amount	of	the	leased	asset	and	recognised	
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
1 . 8 . 2 .   C O N S O L I D AT E D   E N T I T Y  A S   L E S S E E
Assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	initially	recognised	at	their	fair	value	or,	if	lower,	at	amounts	equal	to	the	present	value	of	
the	minimum	lease	payments,	each	determined	at	the	inception	of	the	lease.	The	corresponding	liability	to	the	lessor	is	included	
in	the	balance	sheet	as	a	finance	lease	obligation. 	
Lease	payments	are	apportioned	between	finance	charges	and	reduction	of	the	lease	obligation	so	as	to	achieve	a	constant	rate	
of	interest	on	the	remaining	balance	of	the	liability.	Finance	charges	are	charged	directly	against	income.
Finance	leased	assets	are	amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	the	estimated	useful	life	of	the	asset.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another 
systematic	basis	is	more	representative	of	the	time	pattern	in	which	economic	benefits	from	the	leased	asset	are	consumed.
1 . 9 .   F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C Y 
1 . 9 . 1 .   F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C Y   T R A N S A C T I O N S 
All	foreign	currency	transactions	during	the	financial	year	are	brought	to	account	using	the	exchange	rate	in	effect	at	the	date	
of	the	transaction.	Foreign	currency	monetary	items	at	reporting	date	are	translated	at	the	exchange	rate	existing	at	reporting	
date.	Non-monetary	assets	and	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value	that	are	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	at	the	
rates	prevailing	at	the	date	when	the	fair	value	was	determined.
33.
annual report 2015   
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 9 . 1 .   F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C Y   T R A N S A C T I O N S
( C O N T I N U E D )
Exchange	 differences	 are	 recognised	 in	 profit	 or	 loss	 in	 the	 period	 in	 which	 they	 arise	 except	 for	 exchange	 differences	 on	
monetary	items	receivable	from	or	payable	to	a	foreign	operation	for	which	settlement	is	neither	planned	or	likely	to	occur.	These	
form	part	of	the	net	investment	in	a	foreign	operation;	being	initially	recognised	in	the	foreign	currency	translation	reserve	and	
reclassified	from	equity	to	profit	or	loss	on	disposal	of	the	net	investment.  
1 . 9 . 2 .   F O R E I G N   O P E R AT I O N S 
On	consolidation,	the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	consolidated	entity’s	overseas	operations	are	translated	at	exchange	rates	
prevailing	at	the	reporting	date.	Income	and	expense	items	are	translated	at	the	average	exchange	rates	for	the	period	unless	
exchange	rates	fluctuate	significantly.	Exchange	differences	arising,	if	any,	are	recognised	in	the	foreign	currency	translation	
reserve,	and	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	on	disposal	of	the	foreign	operation.
Goodwill	and	fair	value	adjustments	arising	on	the	acquisition	of	a	foreign	entity	on	or	after	the	date	of	transition	to	A-IFRS	are 	
treated	as	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	foreign	entity	and	translated	at	exchange	rates	prevailing	at	the	reporting	date.
1 . 1 0 .   B O R R O W I N G S 
Borrowings	are	recorded	initially	at	fair	value,	net	of	transaction	costs.
Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	borrowings	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	with	any	difference	between	the	initial	recognised	amount	
and	the	redemption	value	being	recognised	in	profit	and	loss	over	the	period	of	the	borrowing	using	the	effective	interest	rate	method.
All	other	borrowing	costs	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	which	they	are	incurred.
1 . 11 .   E M P L O Y E E   B E N E F I T S 
A	liability	is	recognised	for	benefits	accruing	to	employees	in	respect	of	wages	and	salaries,	annual	leave,	long	service	leave,	and	sick	
leave	when	it	is	probable	that	settlement	will	be	required	and	they	are	capable	of	being	measured	reliably.
Liabilities	 recognised	 in	 respect	 of	 short-term	 employee	 benefits,	 are	 measured	 at	 their	 nominal	 values	 using	 the	 remuneration	 rate	
expected	to	apply	at	the	time	of	settlement.
Liabilities	recognised	in	respect	of	long	term	employee	benefits	are	measured	as	the	present	value	of	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	
to	be	made	by	the	Group	in	respect	of	services	provided	by	employees	up	to	reporting	date.
1 . 1 2 .   S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S
The	 consolidated	 entity	 provides	 benefits	 to	 executives	 of	 the	 consolidated	 entity	 in	 the	 form	 of	 share-based	 payment	 transactions,	
whereby	key	management	personnel	render	services	in	exchange	for	options	(equity-based	transactions).
The	 current	 plan	 to	 provide	 these	 benefits	 is	 the	 Executive	 Performance	 Rights	 Plan.		 The	 cost	 of	 the	 equity-settled	 transactions	 with	
employees	is	measured	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	equity	instruments	at	the	date	at	which	they	are	granted.		The	fair	value	is	
determined by using an appropriate valuation methodology.
The	 cost	 of	 equity-based	 transactions	 is	 recognised,	 together	 with	 a	 corresponding	 increase	 in	 equity,	 over	 the	 period	 in	 which	 the	
performance	and/or	service	conditions	are	fulfilled	(the	vesting	period),	ending	on	the	date	on	which	the	relevant	employees	become	fully	
entitled	to	the	award	(vesting	date).
34.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
At	each	subsequent	reporting	date	until	vesting,	the	cumulative	charge	to	the	profit	or	loss	is	the	product	of:
•	
• 
•	
The	grant	date	fair	value	of	the	award.
The	current	best	estimate	of	the	number	of	the	awards	that	will	vest,	taking	into	account	such	factors	as	the	likelihood	of	non-	
market	performance	conditions	being	met.
The	expired	portion	of	the	vesting	period.
No	expense	is	recognised	for	awards	that	do	not	ultimately	vest,	except	for	awards	where	vesting	is	conditional	upon	a	market	condition.
Where	the	terms	of	an	equity-settled	award	are	modified,	as	a	minimum,	an	expense	is	recognised	as	if	the	terms	had	not	been	modified.	
In	addition,	an	expense	is	recognised	for	any	increase	in	the	value	of	the	transaction	as	a	result	of	the	modification,	as	measured	at	the	
date	of	modification.
The	dilutive	effect,	if	any,	of	outstanding	options	is	reflected	as	additional	share	dilution	in	the	computation	of	earnings	per	share.
1 . 1 3 .   TA X AT I O N 
1 . 1 3 . 1 .   C U R R E N T   TA X 
Current	tax	is	calculated	by	reference	to	the	amount	of	income	taxes	payable	or	recoverable	in	respect	of	the	taxable	profit	or	
tax	loss	for	the	period.	It	is	calculated	using	tax	rates	and	tax	laws	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	reporting	
date.	Current	tax	for	current	and	prior	periods	is	recognised	as	a	liability	(or	asset)	to	the	extent	that	it	is	unpaid	(or	refundable).
1 . 1 3 . 2 .   D E F E R R E D   TA X
Deferred	 tax	 is	 recognised	 on	 temporary	 differences	 between	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 in	 the	 financial	
statements	and	the	corresponding	tax	base	of	those	items.
In	principle,	deferred	tax	liabilities	are	recognised	for	all	taxable	temporary	differences.	Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	
the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	sufficient	taxable	amounts	will	be	available	against	which	deductible	temporary	differences	or	
unused	tax	losses	and	tax	offsets	can	be	utilised.	However,	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	not	recognised	if	the	temporary	
differences	 giving	 rise	 to	 them	 arise	 from	 the	 initial	 recognition	 of	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 (other	 than	 as	 a	 result	 of	 a	 business	
combination)	which	affects	neither	taxable	income	nor	accounting	profit.	Furthermore	a	deferred	tax	liability	is	not	recognised	
in	relation	to	the	temporary	differences	arising	from	the	initial	recognition	of	goodwill.
Deferred	 tax	 liabilities	 are	 recognised	 for	 taxable	 temporary	 differences	 arising	 on	 investments	 in	 subsidiaries,	 branches,	
associates	and	joint	ventures	except	where	the	consolidated	entity	is	able	to	control	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	differences	
and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	differences	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future.
Deferred	 tax	 assets	 arising	 from	 deductible	 temporary	 differences	 associated	 with	 these	 investments	 and	 interests	 are	 only	
recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	there	will	be	sufficient	taxable	profits	against	which	to	utilise	the	benefits	of	the	
temporary	differences	and	they	are	expected	to	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future.
Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	to	the	period(s)	when	the	asset	and	
liability	giving	rise	to	them	are	realised	or	settled,	based	on	tax	rates	(and	tax	laws)	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	
enacted	 by	 reporting	 date.	 The	 measurement	 of	 deferred	 tax	 liabilities	 and	 assets	 reflects	 the	 tax	 consequences	 that	 would	
follow	from	the	manner	in	which	the	consolidated	entity	expects,	at	the	reporting	date,	to	recover	or	settle	the	carrying	amount	
of	its	assets	and	liabilities.
Deferred	 tax	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 are	 offset	 when	 they	 relate	 to	 income	 taxes	 levied	 by	 the	 same	 taxation	 authority	 and	 the	
company/consolidated	entity	intends	to	settle	its	current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	on	a	net	basis.
35.
annual report 2015  	
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 1 3 . 3 .   C U R R E N T  A N D   D E F E R R E D   TA X   F O R   T H E   P E R I O D 
Current	and	deferred	tax	is	recognised	as	an	expense	or	income	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	except	when		
it	relates	to	items	credited	or	debited	directly	to	equity,	in	which	case	the	deferred	tax	is	also	recognised	directly	in	equity,	or	
where	it	arises	from	the	initial	accounting	for	a	business	combination,	in	which	case	it	is	taken	into	account	in	the	determination	
of	goodwill	or	excess.
1 . 1 3 . 4 .   TA X   C O N S O L I D AT I O N 
The	company	and	its	wholly-owned	Australian	resident	entities	are	part	of	a	tax-consolidated	group	under	Australian	taxation	
law.	 Cash	 Converters	 International	 Limited	 is	 the	 head	 entity	 in	 the	 tax-	 consolidated	 group.	 Tax	 expense/income,	 deferred	
tax	 liabilities	 and	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 arising	 from	 temporary	 differences	 of	 the	 members	 of	 the	 tax-consolidated	 group	 are	
recognised	 in	 the	 separate	 financial	 statements	 of	 the	 members	 of	 the	 tax-consolidated	 group	 using	 the	 ‘separate	 taxpayer	
within	group’	approach.	Current	tax	liabilities	and	assets	and	deferred	tax	assets	arising	from	unused	tax	losses	and	tax	credits	
of	the	members	of	the	tax-consolidated	group	are	recognised	by	the	Company	(as	head	entity	in	the	tax-consolidated	group).
Due	to	the	existence	of	a	tax	funding	arrangement	between	the	entities	in	the	tax-consolidated	group,	amounts	are	recognised	
as	payable	to	or	receivable	by	the	Company	and	each	member	of	the	group	in	relation	to	the	tax	contribution	amounts	paid	or	
payable	between	the	parent	entity	and	the	other	members	of	the	tax-consolidated	group	in	accordance	with	the	arrangement.	
Where	the	tax	contribution	amount	recognised	by	each	member	of	the	tax-consolidated	group	for	a	particular	period	is	different	
to	the	aggregate	of	the	current	tax	liability	or	asset	and	any	deferred	tax	asset	arising	from	unused	tax	losses	and	tax	credits	in	
respect	of	that	period,	the	difference	is	recognised	as	a	contribution	from	(or	distribution	to)	equity	participants.
1 . 1 4 .   P L A N T  A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 
Plant	and	equipment,	leasehold	improvements	and	equipment	under	finance	lease	are	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	
impairment.	Cost	includes	expenditure	that	is	directly	attributable	to	the	acquisition	of	the	item.	In	the	event	that	settlement	of	all	or	part	
of	the	purchase	consideration	is	deferred,	cost	is	determined	by	discounting	the	amounts	payable	in	the	future	to	their	present	value	as	
at	the	date	of	acquisition.
Depreciation	is	provided	on	plant	and	equipment.	Depreciation	is	calculated	on	a	straight	line	basis	so	as	to	write	off	the	net	cost	or	other	
re-valued	amount	of	each	asset	over	its	expected	useful	life	to	its	estimated	residual	value.	Leasehold	improvements	are	depreciated	over	
the	period	of	the	lease	or	estimated	useful	life,	whichever	is	the	shorter,	using	the	straight	line	method.	The	estimated	useful	lives,	residual	
values	and	depreciation	method	are	reviewed	at	the	end	of	each	annual	reporting	period.	The	following	estimated	useful	lives	are	used	in	
the	calculation	of	depreciation:
Leasehold improvements
Plant and equipment
Equipment	under	finance	lease	
Fixtures	&	fittings
1 . 1 5 .   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S 
1 . 1 5 . 1 .   T R A D E   N A M E S 
8 years
5 years
5 years
8 years
Trade names are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation is charged on a straight line 
basis	over	the	asset’s	estimated	useful	lives	of	100	years.	The	estimated	useful	life	and	amortisation	method	is	reviewed	at	the	
end	of	each	annual	reporting	period.
1 . 1 5 . 2 .   C U S T O M E R   R E L AT I O N S H I P S 
Customer	relationships	are	recorded	at	fair	value	at	acquisition	date	less	accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment.	Customer	
relationships	are	recognised	when	franchise	operations	are	acquired	by	the	consolidated	entity	as	required	under	AASB	3	Business	
Combinations	and	AASB	138	Intangible	Assets	and	are	amortised	over	5	years;	being	the	historic	average	customer	life.
36.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 1 5 . 3 .   R E A C Q U I R E D   R I G H T S 
Reacquired	 rights	 are	 recorded	 at	 fair	 value	 at	 acquisition	 date	 less	 accumulated	 amortisation	 and	 impairment.		 Reacquired	
rights	are	recognised	when	franchise	operations	are	acquired	by	the	consolidated	entity	as	required	under	AASB	3	Business	
Combinations	and	AASB	138	Intangible	Assets,	and	are	amortised	over	the	remaining	life	of	the	right	concerned	or	the	useful	
economic	life	of	the	asset	where	the	reacquired	right	is	indefinite. 	
1 . 1 5 . 4 .   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S  A C Q U I R E D   I N  A  B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N AT I O N 
All	potential	intangible	assets	including	software	and	reacquired	rights,	acquired	in	a	business	combination	are	identified	and	
recognised	separately	from	goodwill	where	they	satisfy	the	definition	of	an	intangible	asset	and	their	fair	value	can	be	measured	
reliably.
1 . 1 5 . 5 .   S O F T W A R E 
Software	development	expenditure	incurred	is	recognised	when	it	is	possible	that	future	economic	benefits	that	are	attributable	
to	 the	 asset	 will	 flow	 to	 the	 entity.	 Following	 initial	 recognition	 of	 the	 development	 expenditure,	 the	 cost	 model	 is	 applied	
requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
Any	expenditure	carried	forward	is	amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	the	estimated	useful	life	of	10	years;	which	is	based	
on historic experience. 
1 . 1 6 .   I M PA I R M E N T   O F   O T H E R   TA N G I B L E  A N D   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S 
At	each	reporting	date,	the	consolidated	entity	reviews	the	carrying	amounts	of	its	tangible	and	intangible	assets	to	determine	whether	
there	is	any	indication	that	those	assets	have	suffered	an	impairment	loss.	If	any	such	indication	exists,	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	
asset	is	estimated	in	order	to	determine	the	extent	of	the	impairment	loss	(if	any).	Where	the	asset	does	not	generate	cash	flows	that	are	
independent	from	other	assets,	the	consolidated	entity	estimates	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	cash-generating	unit	to	which	the	asset	
belongs. 
Recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	and	value	in	use.	In	assessing	value	in	use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	
are	discounted	to	their	present	value	using	a	pre-tax	discount	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	
and	the	risks	specific	to	the	asset	for	which	the	estimates	of	future	cash	flows	have	not	been	adjusted.
If	the	recoverable	amount	of	an	asset	(or	cash-generating	unit)	is	estimated	to	be	less	than	its	carrying	amount,	the	carrying	amount	of	the	
asset	(cash-generating	unit)	is	reduced	to	its	recoverable	amount.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	immediately.
Where	 an	 impairment	 loss	 subsequently	 reverses,	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 the	 asset	 (cash-generating	 unit)	 is	 increased	 to	 the	 revised	
estimate	of	its	recoverable	amount,	but	only	to	the	extent	that	the	increased	carrying	amount	does	not	exceed	the	carrying	amount	that	
would	have	been	determined	had	no	impairment	loss	been	recognised	for	the	asset	(cash-generating	unit)	in	prior	years.	A	reversal	of	an	
impairment	loss	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	immediately.
1 . 1 7 .   I N V E N T O R I E S 
Inventories	are	valued	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value.	Costs,	including	purchase	cost	on	a	first	in	first	out	basis	are	assigned	
to	inventory	on	hand	by	the	method	most	appropriate	to	each	particular	class	of	inventory,	with	the	majority	being	valued	on	a	first	in	first	
out	basis.	Net	realisable	value	represents	the	estimated	selling	price	less	all	estimated	costs	of	completion	and	costs	necessary	to	make	
the sale.
37.
annual report 2015   
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 1 8 .   P R O V I S I O N S 
Provisions	are	recognised	when	the	consolidated	entity	has	a	present	obligation,	the	future	sacrifice	of	economic	benefits	is	probable,	and	
the	amount	of	the	provision	can	be	measured	reliably.
The	amount	recognised	as	a	provision	is	the	best	estimate	of	the	consideration	required	to	settle	the	present	obligation	at	reporting	date,	
taking	into	account	the	risks	and	uncertainties	surrounding	the	obligation.	Where	a	provision	is	measured	using	the	cashflows	estimated	
to	settle	the	present	obligation,	its	carrying	amount	is	the	present	value	of	those	cashflows.
When	some	or	all	of	the	economic	benefits	required	to	settle	a	provision	are	expected	to	be	recovered	from	a	third	party,	the	receivable	
is	recognised	as	an	asset	if	it	is	virtually	certain	that	recovery	will	be	received	and	the	amount	of	the	receivable	can	be	measured	reliably.
1 . 1 9 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S 
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	when	a	group	entity	becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	provisions	of	the	instrument.
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value.	Transaction	costs	that	are	directly	attributable	to	the	acquisition	
or	issue	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	(other	than	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss)	are	
added	to	or	deducted	from	the	fair	value	of	the	financial	assets	or	financial	liabilities,	as	appropriate,	on	initial	recognition.	Transaction	
costs	 directly	 attributable	 to	 the	 acquisition	 of	 financial	 assets	 or	 financial	 liabilities	 at	 fair	 value	 through	 profit	 or	 loss	 are	 recognised	
immediately	in	profit	or	loss.
1 . 1 9 . 1 .  F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S 
Investments	are	recognised	and	derecognised	on	trade	date	where	purchase	or	sale	of	an	investment	is	under	a	contract	whose	
terms	require	delivery	of	the	investment	within	the	timeframe	established	by	the	market	concerned,	and	are	initially	measured	
at	fair	value,	net	of	transaction	costs.
Subsequent to initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries are measured at cost in the company’s separate accounts. 
Other	financial	assets	are	classified	as	‘loans	and	receivables’. 	
e f f e c t i v e   i n t e r e s t   m e t h o d
The	effective	interest	method	is	a	method	of	calculating	the	amortised	cost	of	a	financial	asset	and	of	allocating	interest	income	
over	the	relevant	period.	The	effective	interest	rate	is	the	rate	that	exactly	discounts	estimated	future	cash	receipts	through	the	
expected	life	of	the	financial	asset,	or	where	appropriate,	a	shorter	period.
l o a n s   a n d   r e c e i v a b l e s
Trade	 receivables,	 loans,	 and	 other	 receivables	 that	 have	 fixed	 or	 determinable	 payments	 that	 are	 not	 quoted	 in	 an	 active	
market	 are	 classified	 as	 ‘loans	 and	 receivables’.	 Loans	 and	 receivables	 are	 measured	 at	 amortised	 cost	 using	 the	 effective	
interest	method,	less	any	impairment.	Interest	income	is	recognised	by	applying	the	effective	interest	rate,	except	for	short-term	
receivables	when	the	effect	of	discounting	is	immaterial.
i m pa i r m e n t   o f   f i n a n c i a l   a s s e t s
Financial	assets,	other	than	those	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss,	are	assessed	for	indicators	of	impairment	at	the	end	of	
each	reporting	period.	Financial	assets	are	impaired	where	there	is	objective	evidence	that	as	a	result	of	one	or	more	events	that	
occurred	after	the	initial	recognition	of	the	financial	asset	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	of	the	investment	have	been	impacted.	
For	 financial	 assets	 carried	 at	 amortised	 cost,	 the	 amount	 of	 the	 impairment	 is	 the	 difference	 between	 the	 asset’s	 carrying	
amount	and	the	present	value	of	estimated	future	cash	flows,	discounted	at	the	original	effective	interest	rate.
38.
cash converters international  
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
i m pa i r m e n t   o f   f i n a n c i a l   a s s e t s   ( c o n t i n u e d )
The	carrying	amount	of	the	financial	asset	is	reduced	by	the	impairment	loss	directly	for	all	financial	assets	with	the	exception	
of	trade	receivables	and	personal	loans	where	the	carrying	amount	is	reduced	through	the	use	of	an	allowance	account.	When	
a	trade	receivable	is	uncollectible,	it	is	written	off	against	the	allowance	account.	Subsequent	recoveries	of	amounts	previously	
written	off	are	credited	against	the	allowance	account.	Changes	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	allowance	account	are	recognised	
in	profit	or	loss.
If,	in	a	subsequent	period,	the	amount	of	the	impairment	loss	decreases	and	the	decrease	can	be	related	objectively	to	an	event	
occurring	after	the	impairment	was	recognised,	the	previously	recognised	impairment	loss	is	reversed	through	profit	or	loss	to	
the	extent	the	carrying	amount	of	the	investment	at	the	date	the	impairment	is	reversed	does	not	exceed	what	the	amortised	
cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised. 
d e r e c o g n i t i o n   o f   f i n a n c i a l   a s s e t s
The	 Group	 derecognises	 a	 financial	 asset	 when	 the	 contractual	 rights	 to	 the	 cash	 flows	 from	 the	 asset	 expire,	 or	 when	 it	
transfers	the	financial	asset	and	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	the	asset	to	another	party.	If	the	Group	
neither	transfers	nor	retains	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	and	continues	to	control	the	transferred	asset, 	
the	Group	recognises	its	retained	interest	in	the	asset	and	an	associated	liability	for	amounts	it	may	have	to	pay.	If	the	Group	
retains	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	a	transferred	financial	asset,	the	Group	continues	to	recognise	the	
financial	asset	and	also	recognises	a	collateralised	borrowing	for	the	proceeds	received.
On	 derecognition	 of	 a	 financial	 asset	 in	 its	 entirety,	 the	 difference	 between	 the	 asset’s	 carrying	 amount	 and	 the	 sum	 of	 the	
consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in other comprehensive income 
and	accumulated	in	equity	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.
On	derecognition	of	a	financial	asset	other	than	in	its	entirety	(e.g.	when	the	Group	retains	an	option	to	repurchase	part	of	a	
transferred	 asset),	 the	 Group	 allocates	 the	 previous	 carrying	 amount	 of	 the	 financial	 asset	 between	 the	 part	 it	 continues	 to	
recognise	under	continuing	involvement,	and	the	part	it	no	longer	recognises	on	the	basis	of	the	relative	fair	values	of	those	
parts	on	the	date	of	the	transfer.	The	difference	between	the	carrying	amount	allocated	to	the	part	that	is	no	longer	recognised	
and	the	sum	of	the	consideration	received	for	the	part	no	longer	recognised	and	any	cumulative	gain	or	loss	allocated	to	it	that	
had	been	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	A	cumulative	gain	or	loss	that	had	been	
recognised in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognised and the part that is 
no	longer	recognised	on	the	basis	of	the	relative	fair	values	of	those	parts.
1 . 1 9 . 2 .   F I N A N C I A L   L I A B I L I T I E S  A N D   E Q U I T Y   I N S T R U M E N T S 
c l a s s i f i c at i o n   a s   d e b t   a n d   e q u i t y   i n s t r u m e n t s
Debt	and	equity	instruments	are	classified	as	either	liabilities	or	as	equity	in	accordance	with	the	substance	of	the	contractual	
arrangement.
e q u i t y   i n s t r u m e n t s
An	 equity	 instrument	 is	 any	 contract	 that	 evidences	 a	 residual	 interest	 in	 the	 assets	 of	 an	 entity	 after	 deducting	 all	 of	 its	
liabilities.	Equity	instruments	issued	by	a	group	entity	are	recognised	at	the	proceeds	received,	net	of	direct	issue	costs.
i n t e r e s t   a n d   d i v i d e n d s
Interest	and	dividends	are	classified	as	expenses	or	as	distributions	of	profit	consistent	with	the	statement	of	financial	position	
classification	of	the	related	debt	or	equity	instruments	or	component	parts	of	compound	instruments.
f i n a n c i a l   g u a r a n t e e   c o n t r a c t   l i a b i l i t i e s
A	financial	guarantee	contract	is	a	contract	that	requires	the	issuer	to	make	specified	payments	to	reimburse	the	holder	for	a	
loss	it	incurs	because	a	specified	debtor	fails	to	make	payments	when	due	in	accordance	with	the	terms	of	a	debt	instrument. 	
39.
annual report 2015   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
f i n a n c i a l   g u a r a n t e e   c o n t r a c t   l i a b i l i t i e s   ( c o n t i n u e d )
Financial	guarantee	contract	issued	by	a	group	entity	are	initially	measured	at	their	fair	values	and	are	subsequently	measured	
at	the	higher	of:
•	
•	
the	amount	of	the	obligation	under	the	contract,	as	determined	in	accordance	with	AASB	137	‘Provisions,		
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’; and
the	amount	initially	recognised	less,	where	appropriate,	cumulative	amortisation	recognised.
o t h e r   f i n a n c i a l   l i a b i l i t i e s
Other	financial	liabilities,	including	borrowings	and	trade	and	other	payables,	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value,	net	of	transaction	
costs.
Trade	 payables	 and	 other	 accounts	 payable	 are	 recognised	 when	 the	 consolidated	 entity	 becomes	 obliged	 to	 make	 future	
payments	resulting	from	the	purchase	of	goods	and	services.
Other	financial	liabilities	are	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method,	with	interest	expense	
recognised	on	an	effective	yield	basis.
The	 effective	 interest	 method	 is	 a	 method	 of	 calculating	 the	 amortised	 cost	 of	 a	 financial	 liability	 and	 of	 allocating	 interest	
expense	over	the	relevant	period.	The	effective	interest	rate	is	the	rate	that	exactly	discounts	estimated	future	cash	payments	
through	the	expected	life	of	the	financial	liability,	or	(where	appropriate)	a	shorter	period,	to	the	net	carrying	amount	on	initial	
recognition.
d e r e c o g n i t i o n   o f   f i n a n c i a l   l i a b i l i t i e s
The	 Group	 derecognises	 financial	 liabilities	 when,	 and	 only	 when,	 the	 Group’s	 obligations	 are	 discharged,	 cancelled	 or	 they	
expire.	 The	 difference	 between	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 the	 financial	 liability	 derecognised	 and	 the	 consideration	 paid	 and	
payable	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.
1 . 2 0 .   G O O D S  A N D   S E R V I C E S   TA X
Revenues,	expenses	and	assets	are	recognised	net	of	the	amount	of	goods	and	services	tax	(GST),	except:
i.	
ii.	
where	the	amount	of	GST	incurred	is	not	recoverable	from	the	taxation	authority,	it	is	recognised	as	part	of	the	cost	of		
acquisition	of	an	asset	or	as	part	of	an	item	of	expense;	or
for	receivables	and	payables	which	are	recognised	inclusive	of	GST.
The	net	amount	of	GST	recoverable	from,	or	payable	to,	the	taxation	authority	is	included	as	part	of	receivables	or	payables. 	
Cash	flows	are	included	in	the	cash	flow	statement	on	a	net	basis.	The	GST	component	of	cash	flows	arising	from	investing	and	financing	
activities	which	is	recoverable	from,	or	payable	to,	the	taxation	authority	is	classified	as	operating	cash	flows.
1 . 2 1 .   C O M PA R AT I V E   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N
Certain	comparative	information	within	the	statement	of	financial	position	has	been	reclassified	to	allow	comparability	with	current	period	
presentation.
40.
cash converters international 	
 
	
	
 
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 2 2 .  A M E N D M E N T S   T O  A A S B S  A N D   T H E   N E W   I N T E R P R E TAT I O N   T H AT 
A R E   M A N D AT O R I LY   E F F E C T I V E   F O R   T H E   C U R R E N T   Y E A R 
In	the	current	year,	the	Group	has	applied	a	number	of	amendments	to	AASBs	and	a	new	Interpretation	issued	by	the	Australian	Accounting	
Standards	Board	(AASB)	that	are	mandatorily	effective	for	 an	 accounting	 period	 that	begins	 on	 or	 after	 1	July	 2014,	 and	 are	therefore	
relevant	for	the	current	year	end.
AASB 2012-3 
‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting
Standards	–	Offsetting	Financial	Assets	and	
Financial Liabilities’
The	amendments	to	AASB	132	clarify	the	requirements	relating	to	the	offset	of	financial	
assets	and	financial	liabilities.	Specifically,	the	amendments	clarify	the	meaning	of	‘currently	
has	a	legally	enforceable	right	of	set-off’	and	‘simultaneous	realisation	and	settlement’.
The  amendments  have  been  applied  retrospectively.  As  the  Group  does  not  have  any 
financial	 assets	 and	 financial	 liabilities	 that	 qualify	 for	 offset,	 the	 application	 of	 the	
amendments  does  not  have  any  material  impact  on  the  disclosures  or  on  the  amounts 
recognised	in	the	Group’s	consolidated	financial	statements.
AASB 2013-3 
‘Amendments	to	AASB	136	–	Recoverable
Amount	Disclosures	forNon-Financial	
Assets’
The  amendments  to  AASB  136  remove  the  requirement  to  disclose  the  recoverable 
amount	of	a	cash-generating	unit	(CGU)	to	which	goodwill	or	other	intangible	assets	with	
indefinite	useful	lives	had	been	allocated	when	there	has	been	no	impairment	or	reversal	
of	impairment	of	the	related	CGU. 	
AASB 2014-1 
‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	
Standards’ (Part A: Annual Improvements 
2010–2012	and	2011–2013	Cycles)
Furthermore, the amendments introduce additional disclosure requirements applicable to 
when	the	recoverable	amount	of	an	asset	or	a	CGU	is	measured	at	fair	value	less	costs	
of	disposal.	
These	 new	 disclosures	 include	 the	 fair	 value	 hierarchy,	 key	 assumptions	 and	 valuation	
techniques	 used	 which	 are	 in	 line	 with	 the	 disclosure	 required	 by	 AASB	 13	 ‘Fair	 Value	
Measurements’.
The	application	of	these	amendments	does	not	have	any	material	impact	on	the	disclosures	
in	the	Group’s	consolidated	financial	statements.		All	impairment	testing	completed	by	the	
Group uses Value in Use models.
Annual	 Improvements	 2010-2012	 has	 made	 number	 of	 amendments	 to	 various	 AASBs,	
which are summarised below.
•	The	amendments	to	AASB	2	(i)	change	the	definitions	of	‘vesting	condition’	and	‘market	
condition’;	and	(ii)	add	definitions	for	‘performance	condition’	and	‘service	condition’	which	
were	previously	included	within	the	definition	of	‘vesting	condition’.	The	amendments	to	
AASB	2	are	effective	for	share	based	payment	transactions	for	which	the	grant	date	is	on	
or	after	1	July	2014.
•	The	amendments	to	AASB	3	clarify	that	contingent	consideration	that	is	classified	as	an 	
asset	 or	 a	 liability	 should	 be	 measured	 at	 fair	 value	 at	 each	 reporting	 date,	 irrespective	
of	 whether	 the	 contingent	 consideration	 is	 a	 financial	 instrument	 within	 the	 scope	 of	
AASB	 9	 or	 AASB	 139	 or	 a	 non-financial	 asset	 or	 liability.	 Changes	 in	 fair	 value	 (other	
than	 measurement	 period	 adjustments)	 should	 be	 recognised	 in	 profit	 and	 loss.	 The	
amendments	to	AASB	3	are	effective	for	business	combinations	for	which	the	acquisition	
date	is	on	or	after	1	July	2014.
•	 The	 amendments	 to	 AASB	 8	 (i)	 require	 an	 entity	 to	 disclose	 the	 judgements	 made	 by	
management  in  applying  the  aggregation  criteria  to  operating  segments,  including  a 
description	of	the		operating	segments	aggregated	and	the	economic	indicators	assessed	
in	 determining	 whether	 the	 operating	 segments	 have	 ‘similar	 economic	 characteristics’;	
and	(ii)	clarify	that	a	reconciliation	of	the	total	of	the	reportable	segments’	assets	to	the	
entity’s	assets	should	only	be	provided	if	the	segment	assets	are	regularly	provided	to	the	
chief	operating	decision-maker.	
•	The	amendments	to	the	basis	for	conclusions	of	AASB	13	clarify	that	the	issue	of	AASB	
13 and consequential amendments to AASB 139 and AASB 9 did not remove the ability to 
measure short-term receivables and payables with no stated interest rate at their invoice 
amounts	without	discounting,	if	the	effect	of	discounting	is	immaterial.
41.
annual report 2015  1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 2 2 .  A M E N D M E N T S   T O  A A S B S  A N D   T H E   N E W   I N T E R P R E TAT I O N   T H AT 
A R E   M A N D AT O R I LY   E F F E C T I V E   F O R   T H E   C U R R E N T   Y E A R 
( C O N T I N U E D)
AASB 2014-1 
‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	
Standards’ (Part A: Annual Improvements 
2010–2012	and	2011–2013	Cycles)
•	 Amendments	 to	 AASB	 116	 and	 AASB	 138	 remove	 perceived	 inconsistencies	 in	 the	
accounting	for	accumulated	depreciation/amortisation	when	an	item	of	property,	plant	and	
equipment	or	an	intangible	asset	is	revalued.	The	amended	standards	clarify	that	the	gross	
carrying	 amount	 is	 adjusted	 in	 a	 manner	 consistent	 with	 the	 revaluation	 of	 the	 carrying	
amount	 of	 the	 asset	 and	 that	 accumulated	 depreciation/amortisation	 is	 the	 difference	
between	 the	 gross	 carrying	 amount	 and	 the	 carrying	 amount	 after	 taking	 into	 account	
accumulated impairment losses.
•	Amendments	to	AASB	124	clarify	that	a	management	entity	providing	key	management	
personnel	 services	 to	 a	 reporting	 entity	 is	 a	 related	 party	 of	 the	 reporting	 entity.	
Consequently,  the  reporting  entity  should  disclose  as  related  party  transactions  the 
amounts	 incurred	 for	 the	 service	 paid	 or	 payable	 to	 the	 management	 entity	 for	 the	
provision	of	key	management	personnel	services.	However,	disclosure	of	the	components	
of	such	compensation	is	not	required
The	 Annual	 Improvements	 2011-2013	 has	 made	 number	 of	 amendments	 to	 various	
AASBs, which are summarised below.
•	Amendments	to	AASB	3	clarify	that	the	standard	does	not	apply	to	the	accounting	for	
the	 formation	 of	 all	 types	 of	 joint	 arrangements	 in	 the	 financial	 statements	 of	 the	 joint	
arrangement	itself.
•	Amendments	to	AASB	13	clarify	that	the	scope	of	the	portfolio	exception	for	measuring	
the	fair	value	of	a	group	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	on	a	net	basis	includes	
all	 contracts	 that	 are	 within	 the	 scope	 of,	 and	 accounted	 for	 in	 accordance	 with,	 AASB	
139	or	AASB	9,	even	if	those	contracts	do	not	meet	the	definitions	of	financial	assets	or	
financial	liabilities	within	AASB	132.
AASB 1031 
‘Materiality’,	AASB	2013-9	‘Amendments	
to	Australian	Accounting	Standards’	–	
Conceptual Framework, Materiality and 
Financial	Instruments’	(Part	B:	Materiality),	
AASB	2014-1	‘Amendments	to	Australian	
Accounting	Standards’	(Part	C:	Materiality)
The	revised	AASB	1031	is	an	interim	standard	that	cross-references	to	other	Standards	
and	the	‘Framework	for	the	Preparation	and	Presentation	of	Financial	Statements’	(issued	
December	2013)	that	contain	guidance	on	materiality.	The	AASB	is	progressively	removing	
references	to	AASB	1031	in	all	Standards	and	Interpretations.	Once	all	of	these	references	
have	 been	 removed,	 AASB	 1031	 will	 be	 withdrawn.	 The	 adoption	 of	 AASB	 1031,	 AASB	
2013-9	 (Part	 B)	 and	 AASB	 2014-1	 (Part	 C)	 does	 not	 have	 any	 material	 impact	 on	 the	
disclosures	or	the	amounts	recognised	in	the	Group’s	consolidated	financial	statements.
1 . 2 3 .   S T R A N D A R D S  A N D   I N T E R P R E TAT I O N S   I N   I S S U E   N O T   Y E T  A D O P T E D 
At	the	date	of	authorisation	of	the	financial	statements,	the	Standards	and	Interpretations	listed	below	were	in	issue	but	not	yet	effective.
STANDARD/INTERPRETATION
BEGINNING ON OR AFTER
FINANCIAL YEAR ENDING
EFFECTIVE FOR ANNUAL 
EXPECTED TO BE  
REPORTING PERIODS 
INITIALLY APPLIED IN THE 
AASB	9	‘Financial	Instruments’,	and	the	relevant	amending	standards*
1	January	2018
30	June	2019
AASB	15	‘Revenue	from	Contracts	with	Customers’	and	AASB	2014-5 	
‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	arising	from	AASB	15’
AASB	2014-3	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Accounting 	
for		Acquisitions	of	Interests	in	Joint	Operations’
AASB	2014-4	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Clarification	
of	Acceptable	Methods	of	Depreciation	and	Amortisation’
AASB	2014-9	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Equity 	
Method in Separate Financial Statements’
AASB	2014-10	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Sale	or 	
Contribution	of	Assets	between	an	Investor	and	its	Associate	or	Joint	Venture’
1	January	2017
30	June	2018
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
42.
cash converters international  
1 .   S I G N I F I C A N T  A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S 
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 . 2 3 .   S T R A N D A R D S  A N D   I N T E R P R E TAT I O N S   I N   I S S U E   N O T   Y E T  A D O P T E D
( C O N T I N U E D)
STANDARD/INTERPRETATION
BEGINNING ON OR AFTER
FINANCIAL YEAR ENDING
EFFECTIVE FOR ANNUAL 
EXPECTED TO BE  
REPORTING PERIODS 
INITIALLY APPLIED IN THE 
AASB	2015-1	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Annual 	
Improvements to Australian Accounting Standards 2012-2014 Cycle’
AASB	2015-2	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Disclosure 	
Initiative: Amendments to AASB 101’
AASB	2015-3	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	arising	from 	
the	Withdrawal	of	AASB	1031	Materiality’
AASB	2015-4	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Financial 	
Reporting	Requirements	for	Australian	Groups	with	a	Foreign	Parent’
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
1	July	2015
30	June	2016
1	July	2015
30	June	2016
AASB	2015-5	‘Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	Investment 	
Entities: Applying the Consolidation Exception’
1	January	2016
30	June	2017
At	the	date	of	authorisation	of	the	financial	statements,	the	following	IASB	Standards	and	IFRIC	Interpretations	were	in	issue	but	not	yet	
effective,	although	Australian	equivalent	Standards	and	Interpretations	have	not	yet	been	issued.
STANDARD/INTERPRETATION
BEGINNING ON OR AFTER
FINANCIAL YEAR ENDING
EFFECTIVE FOR ANNUAL 
EXPECTED TO BE  
REPORTING PERIODS 
INITIALLY APPLIED IN THE 
At	the	date	of	publication,	there	have	been	no	IASB	Standards	or	IFRIC	Interpretations	that	are	issued	but	not	yet	effective.
• The AASB has issued the following versions of AASB 9 and the relevant amending standards; 
• AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (December 2009), AASB 2009-11 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from AASB 9’, AASB 2012-6 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Mandatory Effective Date of AASB 9 and 
Transition Disclosures’ 
• AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (December 2010), AASB 2010-7 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from AASB 9 (December 2010)’, AASB 2012-6 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Mandatory Effective Date 
of AASB 9 and Transition Disclosure’. 
• In December 2013 the AASB issued AASB 2013-9 ‘Amendment to Australian Accounting Standards – Conceptual Framework, 
Materiality and Financial Instruments’, Part C – Financial Instruments. This amending standard has amended the mandatory 
effective date of AASB 9 to 1 January 2017. For annual reporting periods beginning before 1 January 2017, an entity may early 
adopt either AASB 9 (December 2009) or AASB 9 (December 2010) and the relevant amending standards. 
43.
annual report 2015  2 .   C R I T I C A L  A C C O U N T I N G   J U D G M E N T S  A N D   K E Y   S O U R C E S   O F   E S T I M AT I O N   U N C E R TA I N T Y
2 . 1 .   K E Y   S O U R C E   O F   E S T I M AT I O N   U N C E R TA I N T Y 
The	following	are	the	key	assumptions	concerning	the	future	and	other	key	sources	of	estimation	uncertainty	at	the	reporting	date,	that	
have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year:
2 . 1 . 1 .  I M PA I R M E N T   O F   G O O D W I L L 
Determining	 whether	 goodwill	 is	 impaired	 requires	 an	 estimation	 of	 recoverable	 value	 of	 the	 cash-generating	 units	 to	 which	
goodwill	has	been	allocated.	The	value	in	use	calculation	requires	the	entity	to	estimate	the	future	cash	flows	expected	to	arise	
from	the	cash-generating	unit	and	a	suitable	discount	rate	in	order	to	calculate	present	value.
The	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	at	the	reporting	date	was	$111,408,026	(2014:	$110,726,057)	refer	to	note	15.
2 . 1 . 2 .  U S E F U L   L I V E S   O F   O T H E R   I N TA N G I B L E
The	consolidated	entity	reviews	the	estimated	useful	lives	of	other	intangible	assets	at	the	end	of	each	annual	reporting	period.	
The	estimation	of	the	remaining	useful	lives	of	the	other	intangible	assets	requires	the	entity	to	make	significant	estimates	based	
on	both	past	performance	and	expectations	of	future	performance.
The	carrying	amount	of	other	intangible	assets	at	the	balance	sheet	date	was	$24,706,855	(2014:	$21,899,866)	refer	to	note	14.
2 . 1 . 3 .  I M PA I R M E N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S   ( I N C L U D I N G   P E R S O N A L   L O A N   R E C E I VA B L E S )
The	impairment	of	personal	loans	requires	the	consolidated	entity	to	assess	impairment	regularly.	The	credit	provisions	raised	
(specific	 and	 collective)	 represent	 management’s	 best	 estimate	 of	 the	 losses	 incurred	 in	 the	 loan	 portfolio	 at	 reporting	 date	
based on their experienced judgment. 
The	collective	provision	is	estimated	on	the	basis	of	historical	loss	experience	for	assets	with	similar	credit	characteristics.	The	
historical	loss	experience	is	adjusted	based	on	current	observable	data	and	events.	The	use	of	such	judgments	and	reasonable	
estimates is considered appropriate. 
2 . 1 . 4 .  D E F E R R E D   TA X  A S S E T S 
A	net	deferred	tax	asset	of	$10,875,338	has	been	recognised	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.	This	includes	
$1,240,475	of	carried	forward	tax	losses	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	UK	operations. 	
This	tax	benefit	is	expected	to	be	realised	over	the	next	3-5	years	when	future	taxable	profits	are	expected	to	be	generated	to	
utilise	the	carried	forward	tax	losses.	
In	making	this	assessment,	a	forward	looking	estimation	of	taxable	profit	was	made,	based	on	management’s	best	estimate	of 	
future	UK	performance	as	at	30	June	2015.		Further	details	associated	with	the	assumptions	underpinning	the	UK	operations’	
future	performance	is	included	in	note	15.5.2
Future	 changes	 to	 the	 legislative	 environment	 in	 the	 UK	 may	 have	 a	 positive	 or	 negative	 impact	 on	 the	 performance	 of	 the	
Company’s	UK	operations,	and	therefore	impact	in	a	positive	or	negative	manner,	the	period	over	which	such	losses	could	be	
utilised.
The losses generated in Australia during the year are largely associated with the licence termination payment and NSW class 
action	settlement,	which	are	non-recurring	in	nature.		Excluding	these	items	the	Australian	tax	group	is	profitable	and	is	expected	
to	continue	to	be	so,	therefore	supporting	the	recognition	of	net	deferred	tax	assets	in	Australia.
44.
cash converters international  
2 .   C R I T I C A L  A C C O U N T I N G   J U D G M E N T S  A N D   K E Y   S O U R C E S   O F   E S T I M AT I O N   U N C E R TA I N T Y
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 . 1 . 5 .  P R O V I S I O N   F O R   C L A S S  A C T I O N   S E T T L E M E N T 
As	disclosed	in	note	13,	as	at	30	June	2015	the	Group	has	recognised	a	provision	associated	with	the	settlement	of	the	NSW	
Class Action claim.  
As	 announced	 on	 18	 June	 2015,	 the	 settlement	 provides	 for	 Cash	 Converters	 to	 pay	 $20	 million	 into	 a	 fund	 for	 distribution	
to	 members	 of	 the	 Class.	 	 Class	 members	 comprise	 borrowers	 in	 New	 South	 Wales	 who	 took	 loans	 from	 Cash	 Converters	
subsidiaries	and	franchisees	during	the	period	1	July	2010	to	30	June	2013.		Cash	Converters	will	also	pay	legal	costs	capped	
at	$3	million	which	have	been	accrued	for	separately	to	the	settlement	provision. 		
Any	part	of	the	distribution	fund	which	remains	after	efforts	to	contact	and	pay	class	members	have	been	exhausted	and	after	
payment	of	the	fund	administrators	costs,	will	be	repaid	to	Cash	Converters.		The	Company	has	recognised	a	provision	for	the	
full	settlement,	being	its	best	estimate	of	the	ultimate	expense	to	the	Company
3 .   R E V E N U E S  A N D   E X P E N S E S 
3 . 1 . F R A N C H I S E   F E E S
Weekly	franchise	fees
Initial	fees
Advertising levies
Training levies
Computer levies
3 . 1 . F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S   I N T E R E S T   R E V E N U E
Instalment credit loan interest
Personal loan interest
Loan	establishment	fees
Licence	fees
Pawn	broking	fees
Cheque cashing commission
Financial services commission
Vehicle lease interest
3 . 1 . S A L E S   O F   G O O D S
Retail sales
Retail wholesales
Vehicle trade sales
2015
$
2014
$
7,605,676
7,803,908
43,798
486,600
389,314
2,123,352
10,648,740
80,434
486,750
391,890
2,051,200
10,814,182
1,247,301
616,258
122,678,837
108,057,901
40,413,335
32,595,291
14,791
27,916,988
1,162,026
40,759,987
3,348,503
12,678
23,452,903
1,201,069
33,300,838
3,695,847
237,541,768
202,932,785
119,209,051
110,489,531
845,486
893,746
919,609
809,597
120,948,283
112,218,737
45.
annual report 2015  3 .   R E V E N U E S  A N D   E X P E N S E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
3 . 4 . O T H E R   R E V E N U E
Bank Interest
Other	vehicle	revenue	(note	1.7.6)
Other
3 . 5 . C O S T S   O F   S A L E S 
Sale	of	goods
Personal loan bad debts
Cash advance bad debts
Franchise	fees	bad	debts
Recovery	of	bad	debts
Vehicles maintenance and bad debts
3 . 6 . A D M I N I S T R AT I O N   E X P E N S E S 
Employee	benefits
Share based payments
Superannuation expense
Motor	vehicle/travel	costs
3 . 7 . O C C U PA N C Y   E X P E N S E S   
Rent
Outgoings
Other
3 . 8 . O T H E R   E X P E N S E S   
Legal	fees
Area	agent	fees/commission
Professional	and	registry	costs
Auditing and accounting services
Bank charges
Loss	on	disposal	of	assets
2015
$
2014
$
566,316
4,443,405
744,127
5,753,848
72,656,963
60,926,392
3,823,311
61,563
(4,803,478)
5,792,573
597,450
4,193,879
911,874
5,703,203
65,438,152
48,148,982
3,031,721
91,852
(4,218,968)
6,376,982
138,457,324
118,868,721
82,410,732
73,473,603
1,302,876
4,575,941
2,251,512
748,805
3,881,252
2,441,737
90,541,061
80,545,397
13,145,687
12,236,494
6,451,050
1,434,384
5,756,829
1,527,623
21,031,121
19,520,946
3,126,668
23,306,253
4,143,656
782,131
5,106,160
1,373
1,928,184
28,849,586
4,141,354
942,978
4,701,359
484,418
Other	expenses	from	ordinary	activities
19,312,021
15,411,230
Depreciation
Amortisation
3 . 9 . F I N A N C E   C O S T S     
Interest
Finance lease charge
46.
5,587,353
3,450,705
5,217,044
2,706,667
64,816,320
64,382,820
9,012,439
59,635
9,072,074
8,514,455
62,729
8,577,184
cash converters international 3 .   R E V E N U E S  A N D   E X P E N S E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
3 . 1 0 .   C O N T R A C T   T E R M I N AT I O N   E X P E N S E 
During	the	period	the	Group	settled	on	contracts	to	effect	the	termination	of	agency	agreements	(“Licenses”)	with	development	agents	
Kentsleigh	 Pty	 Ltd	 and	 Cliffview	 Pty	 Ltd	 (“Development	 Agents”).	 These	 Licenses	 have	 been	 in	 place	 for	 approximately	 ten	 years	
and	 provided	 for	 the	 Development	 Agents	 to	 develop	 and	 promote	 the	 cash	 advance	 (Cliffview)	 and	 personal	 loan	 lending	 products	
(“Kentsleigh”)	 across	 the	 Cash	 Converters	 Australian	 store	 network,	 as	 well	 as	 complete	 other	 services	 such	 as	 compliance	 audits,	
marketing and training in relation to these products.
Cash	consideration	of	$30,800,000	was	paid	to	the	Development	Agents,	$29,628,270	is	recorded	as	Contract	Termination	expenses	in	
the	statement	of	profit	and	loss	and	other	comprehensive	income	given	that	it	relates	to	a	payment	to	terminate	the	underlying	contract,	
with	any	future	services	completed	internally	in	future	periods	as	far	as	required.	$746,130	relates	to	the	acquisition	of	agency	agreements	
held	between	Kentsleigh	and	four	franchisees.	These	agreements	will	continue	to	generate	income	for	the	group	as	commission	continues	
to	 be	 paid	 by	 the	 franchisees	 on	 a	 monthly	 basis.	 The	 consideration	 for	 these	 agreements	 is	 recorded	 as	 an	 intangible	 asset	 in	 the	
statement	of	financial	position.	As	the	agreements	have	no	expiry	date	and	the	group	has	no	reasonable	basis	to	assume	the	commissions	
will	cease	to	be	paid,	it	has	been	determined	the	intangible	asset	has	an	indefinite	life.
4 .    
I N C O M E   TA X
4.1  Consolidated income statement
The	major	components	of	income	tax	expense	for	the	years	ended	30	June	2015	and	2014	are:
Tax expense comprises:
Current tax expense
2015
$
2014
$
2,410,755
17,865,206
Adjustments	in	respect	of	current	income	tax	of	previous	year
(441,146)
-
Deferred	tax	expense	relating	to	the	origination	and	reversal	of	temporary 	
differences
Total income tax expense reported in income statement
3,139,683
5,109,292
(6,957,030)
10,908,176
A	reconciliation	between	tax	expense	and	the	product	of	accounting	profit	multiplied	by	Australia’s	domestic	tax	rate	for	the	
years	ended	30	June	2015	and	2014	is	as	follows:
2015
$
2014
$
Accounting	profit	before	tax	from	continuing	operations
(16,575,798)
32,040,465
At	Australia’s	statutory	income	tax	rate	of	30%	(2014:	30%)
(4,972,739)
9,612,141
Adjustments	in	respect	to	current	income	tax	of	previous	years
Income	tax	rate	differential
Impairment	of	goodwill
Non-deductible	expenses	for	tax	purposes
Tax	effect	of	share	based	payment	expense
Impairment	of	tax	losses
Other
Income tax expense reported in the consolidated income statement
756,643
1,634,953
1,593,337
393,319
262,876
5,358,315
82,588
5,109,292
-
559,079
-
765,518
(28,562)
-
-
10,908,176
47.
annual report 2015  	
 
	
4 .   I N C O M E   TA X  
( C O N T I N U E D )
4 . 2 .   D E F E R R E D   TA X
D E F E R R E D   TA X   R E L AT E S   T O   T H E   F O L L O W I N G :
Deferred Tax Assets
Allowance	for	doubtful	debts
Accruals
Provision	for	employee	entitlements
Other provisions
Other
Carried	Forward	Losses	(note	4.5)
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Fixed assets
Intangible assets
2015
$
7,710,385
222,512
1,765,326
868,548
3,459,699
1,240,475
2014
$
7,635,785
86,765
1,429,335
849,498
2,425,506
3,863,832
15,266,945
16,290,721
(3,243,071)
(1,148,536)
(4,391,607)
(629,636)
(2,117,671)
(2,747,307)
Net deferred tax assets
10,875,338
13,543,414
4 . 3 .  R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   D E F E R R E D   TA X  A S S E T S   N E T
Opening	balance	as	of	1	July
Tax	(expense)/benefit	during	the	period	recognised	in	profit	or	loss
Other
Closing	balance	as	at	30	June
2015
$
13,543,414
(2,595,991)
(72,085)(i) 
2014
$
5,627,598
6,957,030
958,786(ii)
10,875,338
13,543,414
(i)	
Refers	to	an	adjustment	to	the	net	deferred	tax	asset	for	future	tax	rate	reduction
(ii)	 Relates	 to	 the	 tax	 effect	 impact	 of	 the	 adjustments	 to	 deferred	 establishment	 fees	 and	 the	 acquisition	 of	 Green	 Light	
Auto. 
4 . 4 .  U N R E C O G N I S E D   D E F E R R E D   TA X   B A L A N C E S
Tax losses - revenue
4 . 5 .  C A R RY   F O R W A R D   TA X   L O S S E S
2015
$
5,989,351
5,989,351
2014
$
166,511
166,511
Carry	forward	tax	losses	of	$1,240,475	hav	e	been	recognised	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	UK	operations,	which	are	currently	loss	
making.		Refer	to	note	15	for	more	information	on	the	UK	operations	and	background	to	current	period	losses. 	
The	carry	forward	losses	have	an	indefinite	availability	period	subject	to	satisfaction	of	the	same	ownership	and	continuity	of	
business tests.
These	losses	are	considered	recoverable	because	based	on	management’s	latest	forecasts	it	has	been	determined	that	it	is	
more	likely	than	not	that	the	Group	will	utilise	these	losses	through	future	profitable	operations,	within	the	next	3	-	5	years	(refer	
note	2.1.4	for	further	information).
48.
cash converters international  
 
 
	
	
	
4 .   I N C O M E   TA X  
( C O N T I N U E D )
4 . 6  TA X   C O N S O L I D AT I O N 
4 . 6 . 1 . R E L E VA N C E   O F   TA X   C O N S O L I D AT I O N   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   E N T I T Y
The	Company	and	its	wholly-owned	Australian	resident	entities	have	formed	a	tax-consolidated	group	with	effect	from	1	
July	2003	and	are	therefore	taxed	as	a	single	entity	from	that	date.	The	head	entity	within	the	tax-consolidated	group	is	
Cash	Converters	International	Limited.	The	members	of	the	tax-consolidated	group	are	identified	in	note	23.
4.6.2.	Nature	of	tax	funding	arrangements	and	tax	sharing	agreements
Entities	within	the	tax-consolidated	group	have	entered	into	a	tax	funding	arrangement	and	a	tax-sharing	agreement	with	
the	head	entity.	Under	the	terms	of	the	tax	funding	arrangement,	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	and	each	of	the	
entities	in	the	tax-consolidated	group	has	agreed	to	pay	a	tax	equivalent	payment	to	or	from	the	head	entity,	based	on	the	
current	tax	liability	or	current	tax	asset	of	the	entity.	Such	amounts	are	reflected	in	amounts	receivable	from	or	payable	
to other entities in the tax-consolidated group.
The	tax	sharing	agreement	entered	into	between	members	of	the	tax-consolidated	group	provides	for	the	determination	
of	the	allocation	of	income	tax	liabilities	between	the	entities	should	the	head	entity	default	on	its	tax	payment	obligations.	
No	amounts	have	been	recognized	in	the	financial	statements	in	respect	of	this	agreement	as	payment	of	any	amounts	
under the tax sharing agreement is considered remote.
5 .   R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F  A U D I T O R S
Auditor of the parent entity
Audit	or	review	of	the	financial	report
Taxation services
Other non-audit services*
Related practice of the parent entity auditor
Audit
Taxation services
* Relates to accounting assistance for employee share trust and securitisation facilities
The auditor of Cash Converters International Limited is Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
2015
$
402,750
46,725
20,373
110,932
201,351
782,131
2014
$
445,200
137,078
24,300
91,200
245,200
942,978
49.
annual report 2015   
 
	
	
	
	
6 .  C A S H  A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S
6 . 1 . C A S H  AT   B A N K  A N D   O N   H A N D
On hand
In bank *
2015
$
3,609,478
48,769,187
52,378,665
2014
$
3,004,903
23,838,169
26,843,072
*	Cash	In	bank	of	$48,769,187	(2014	$23,838,169)	includes	restricted	cash	of	$11,256,938	(2014	$5,183,191)	that	is	held	in	
accounts	controlled	by	the	CCPF	Warehouse	Trust	No.1	that	was	established	to	operate	the	company’s	Securitisation	facility	
with	Westpac	bank.	The	facility	prescribes	that	cash	deposited	in	this	account	can	only	be	used	to	fund	new	principal	loan	
advances.	Surplus	funds	at	the	end	of	the	period	are	redistributed	in	keeping	with	the	terms	of	the	Securitisation	facility.
For	the	purpose	of	the	statement	of	cash	flows,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprise	the	following	at	30	June:
Cash and cash equivalents 
2015
$
52,378,665
52,378,665
2014
$
26,843,072
26,843,072
6 . 2 . R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   P R O F I T   F O R   T H E   Y E A R   T O   N E T   C A S H   F L O W S   F R O M   O P E R AT I N G  A C T I V I T I E S
(Loss)	/	Profit	after	tax
Non-cash	adjustment	to	reconcile	profit	after	tax	to	net	cash	flows:
  Amortisation
  Depreciation
		Impairment	of	non-current	assets
  Share based payment transaction expense
		Bad	debts	written	off
		Loss	on	sale	of	plant	and	equipment
		Share	of	net	(profit)	/	loss	of	equity	accounted	investment
Change in assets and liabilities:
		(Increase)/Decrease	in	inventories
		(Increase)/Decrease	in	prepayments
2015
$
2014
$
(21,685,090)
21,132,289
3,450,705
5,587,353
7,587,315
1,302,876
2,706,667
5,217,044
-
748,805
60,007,787
47,053,587
1,373
(73,683)
(871,840)
(939,832)
484,418
41,465
(754,324)
(1,878,184)
		(Increase)/Decrease	in	trade	and	loan	receivables
(52,217,205)
(75,045,743)
		Increase/(Decrease)	in	trade	payables	and	accruals
		Increase/(Decrease)	in	employee	and	other	provisions
		(Increase)/Decrease	in	income	tax	payable
		Increase/(Decrease)	in	deferred	tax	
Net Cash generated by operating activities
19,517,317
1,125,371
(13,135,658)
3,179,023
12,835,812
6,259,078
812,438
5,222,939
(7,659,096)
4,341,383
50.
cash converters international  
 
 
	
	
 
7 .  T R A D E  A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S
7 . 1 .  C U R R E N T
Trade	receivables	(i)
Allowance	for	impairment	losses
Instalment	credit	loans	(ii)
Allowance	for	impairment	losses
2015
$
2014
$
6,482,075
(2,552,611)
3,929,464
205,021
-
205,021
5,696,476
(2,343,601)
3,352,875
420,906
-
420,906
Total trade receivables (net)
4,134,485
3,773,781
Finance	lease	receivables	(note	7.3)
Other	receivables	(iii)
4,915,480
19,070,452
5,578,912
20,090,130
Total trade and other receivables
28,120,417
29,442,823
Personal	short	term	loans	(iv)
Allowance	for	impairment	losses
Deferred	establishment	fees	(v)
Total	personal	loan	receivables	(net)
Total current
7 . 2 .  N O N - C U R R E N T
Instalment	credit	loans	(ii)
Finance	lease	receivables	(note	7.3)
Loan	-	Cash	Converters	Holdings	LP	(New	Zealand)	(vi)
Total non-current
161,517,677
166,944,852
(29,104,301)
(12,551,703)
(31,135,507)
(12,132,153)
119,861,673
123,677,192
147,982,090
153,120,015
53,598
4,152,507
14,779,585
18,985,690
92,423
4,099,530
14,722,481
18,914,434
i. 
ii. 
Trade debtors include weekly franchise fees, wholesale sales, pawn broking fees; cash advance fees, default fees and 
OTC fees. Where the collection of the debtor is doubtful an allowance for impairment losses is recognised. The average 
credit  period  on  sales  is  30  days.  No  interest  is  charged  for  the  first  30  days  from  the  date  of  the  invoice.  Thereafter, 
interest is charged at 2% per month on the outstanding balance. 
The instalment credit loans relate to Cash Converters Pty Ltd and have a maximum maturity of 5 years. Interest rates are 
fixed at the time of entering into the contract at the rate of 12% or 13% depending on the repayment options agreed 
with each franchisee. To secure the instalment credit loans, a fixed and floating charge is held over the franchisee’s store. 
Where collection of the debtor is doubtful and the assessed value of the property is less than the amount outstanding, an 
allowance for impairment losses is recognised for the shortfall. 
iii.  Other receivables include GST receivable, development agent fees outstanding, sub-master license sales, Mon-E fees, 
financial commission and the present value of vehicle lease receivables 
iv. 
v. 
The credit period provided in relation to personal short term loans varies from 30 days to 12 months. Interest is charged 
on these loans at a fixed rate which varies dependent on the state or country of origin. An allowance has been made for 
estimated  unrecoverable  amounts  arising  from  loans  already  issued,  which  has  been  determined  by  reference  to  past 
default  experience.  Before  accepting  any  new  customers,  the  consolidated  entity  uses  an  external  scoring  system  to 
assess the potential customer’s credit quality and define credit limits by customer. There is no concentration of credit risk 
within the personal loan book. 
Deferred establishment fees relate to establishment fees charged on personal loans. The full amount of the fee is deferred 
at the commencement of the loan and is the recognised through the income statement at an effective interest rate over the 
life of the loan. The balance shown above reflects the amount of the fees still to be recognised at the end of the reporting 
period.
vi.  Commercial loan advanced to Cash Converters Holdings LP (New Zealand master franchisee) with a maturity date of 15 
September 2018, interest is charged quarterly at a rate of 8% per annum.
51.
annual report 2015   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 .  T R A D E  A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
7 . 3 .  V E H I C L E   F I N A N C E   L E A S E   R E C E I VA B L E S
Current	finance	lease	receivables		(net	of	provision)
Non-current	finance	lease	receivables
7.3.1. Leasing Arrangements
2015
$
4,915,480
4,152,507
9,067,987
2014
$
5,578,912
4,099,530
9,678,442
The	Group	entered	into	finance	lease	arrangements	for	leasing	of	vehicles	with	customers.	All	leases	are	denominated	in	
Australian	dollars.	The	average	term	of	finance	leases	entered	into	is	4	years.
7.3.2.	Amounts	receivable	under	finance	leases
PRESENT  
VALUE OF  
MINIMUM  
MINIMUM 
LEASE  
LEASE 
PAYMENTS
PAYMENTS
2015
$
2014
$
2015
$
2014
$
Not later than one year
8,629,484
9,648,100
5,608,220
6,404,913
Later	than	one	year	and	not	later	than	five	years
13,132,189
18,604,522
4,152,507
4,099,530
21,761,673
28,252,622
9,760,727
10,504,443
Less	unearned	finance	income
(12,000,946)
(17,748,179)
-
-
Present	value	of	minimum	lease	payments	receivable
9,760,727
10,504,443
9,760,727
10,504,443
Allowance	for	uncollectible	lease	payments
(692,740)
(826,001)
(692,740)
(826,001)
9,067,987
9,678,442
9,067,987
9,678,442
Unguaranteed	residual	values	of	assets	leased	under	finance	leases	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period	are	estimated	at	
$2,436,913	(30	June	2014:	$2,905,350).	The	residual	amounts	have	been	excluded	from	the	above	Calculations	in	the	PV	
amounts	–	the	amounts	only	relate	to	the	minimum	repayments.
The	interest	rate	inherent	in	the	leases	is	fixed	at	the	contract	date	for	the	entire	lease	term.	The	average	effective	interest	
rate	contracted	is	approximately	27.6%	(30	June	2014:	29.0%)	per	annum
52.
cash converters international 	
	
	
7 .  T R A D E  A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
7 . 4 .  A L L O W A N C E   F O R   I M PA I R M E N T   L O S S E S   –   P E R S O N A L   L O A N   R E C E I VA B L E S
As	at	30	June	2015,	personal	loan	receivables	of	$29,104,301	(2014:	$31,135,507)	were	impaired	and	fully	provided	for.
See	below	for	the	movements	in	the	provision	for	impairment	of	personal	loan	receivables.
Balance	at	beginning	of	the	year
Impairment losses recognised on receivables
Amounts	written	off	as	uncollectible
Balance at end of the year
2015
$
31,135,507
41,270,137
2014
$
30,707,355
30,298,620
(43,301,343)
(29,870,468)
29,104,301
31,135,507
In	determining	the	recoverability	of	a	personal	loan,	the	consolidated	entity	considers	any	change	in	the	credit	quality	of	the	
receivable	from	the	date	credit	was	initially	granted	up	to	the	reporting	date.	The	concentration	of	credit	risk	is	limited	due	to	
the	customer	base	being	large	and	unrelated.	Accordingly,	the	directors	believe	that	there	is	no	further	credit	provision	required	
in	excess	of	the	allowance	for	doubtful	debts.
As	at	30	June	2015,	the	ageing	analysis	of	personal	loan	receivables	is	as	follows:
TOTAL
$
0-30 DAYS
$
PDNI
$
PDNI
$
PDNI
$
IMPAIRED
$
31-60 DAYS
61-90 DAYS
+ 90 DAYS
CONSIDERED
2015
2014
161,517,677
126,915,235
3,371,201
1,373,373
753,567
29,104,301
166,944,852
129,747,995
3,562,261
1,693,217
805,872
31,135,507
* PDNI: past due not impaired
7 . 5 .  A L L O W A N C E   F O R   I M PA I R M E N T   L O S S E S   –   T R A D E   R E C E I VA B L E S
As	at	30	June	2015,	trade	receivables	and	instalment	credit	loans	of	$2,552,611	(2014:	$2,343,601)	were	impaired	and	fully	
provided	for.		See	below	the	movements	in	the	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables.
Balance	at	beginning	of	the	year
Impairment losses recognised on receivables
Amounts	written	off	as	uncollectible
Balance at end of the year
2015
$
2,343,601
209,010
-
2,552,611
2014
$
2,763,030
180,012
(599,441)
2,343,601
As	at	30	June	2015,	the	ageing	analysis	of	trade	receivables	is	as	follows:
31-60 DAYS
61-90 DAYS
+ 90 DAYS
CONSIDERED
TOTAL
$
0-30 DAYS
$
6,740,694
3,564,464
6,209,805
3,346,797
PDNI
$
-
2,036
PDNI
$
-
4,042
PDNI
$
623,619
513,329
IMPAIRED
$
2,552,611
2,343,601
2015
2014
* PDNI: past due not impaired
   CI: considered impaired
53.
annual report 2015  	
	
	
	
8 . 
I N V E N T O R I E S
New and pre-owned goods at cost
New and used motor vehicles at cost
9 .  O T H E R A S S E T S
Prepayments
1 0 .  P L A N T  A N D   E Q U I P M E N T
2015
$
26,343,262
1,340,316
27,683,578
2014
$
23,357,104
2,204,606
25,561,710
2015
$
2014
$
11,936,995
10,578,199
LEASEHOLD 
LEASEHOLDS 
EQUIPMENT  
IMPROVE-
UNDER  
MENTS  
IMPROVE-
PLANT AND 
FINANCE 
UNDER FI-
MENTS  
AT COST
$
EQUIPMENT 
LEASE AT 
NANCE LEASE 
AT   COST
$
COST
$
AT COST
$
TOTAL
$
Cost
Balance as at 1 July 2013
10,000,830
24,610,795
18,970
1,049,277
35,679,872
Acquisition through business combinations
220,917
652,996
Additions
Disposals
1,017,295
3,173,764
(245,239)
(662,538)
-
-
-
-
-
-
873,913
4,191,059
(907,777)
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
Balance as at 30 June 2014
257,760
11,251,563
1,317,885
29,092,902
-
18,970
-
1,049,277
1,575,645
41,412,712
Acquisition through business combinations
-
-
Additions
Disposals
1,605,851
6,373,457
(9,588)
(1,058,293)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
Balance as at 30 June 2015
371,535
13,219,361
1,923,749
36,331,815
-
18,970
-
1,049,277
-
7,979,308
(1,067,881)
2,295,284
50,619,423
Depreciation and impairment
Balance as at 1 July 2013
Acquisition through business combinations
Disposals
Depreciation expense
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
Balance as at 30 June 2014
Acquisition through business combinations
Disposals
Depreciation expense
Impairment	(note	15.5.1)
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
Balance as at 30 June 2015
2,491,061
10,064,658
18,970
570,311
13,145,000
20,688
(83,775)
1,311,712
81,409
3,821,095
-
150,655
(300,385)
3,774,149
595,313
14,284,390
-
(9,588)
(1,056,921)
1,520,475
3,937,056
162,288
176,062
5,670,332
268,394
1,307,976
18,740,895
-
-
-
-
18,970
-
-
-
-
-
-
131,183
-
701,494
-
-
171,343
(384,160)
5,217,044
676,722
18,825,949
-
(1,066,509)
129,822
5,587,353
-
430,682
-
18,970
-
831,316
1,484,038
25,261,513
Net book value
As	at	30	June	2014
As	at	30	June	2015
54.
7,430,468
14,808,512
7,549,029
17,590,920
-
-
347,783
217,961
22,586,763
25,357,910
cash converters international  
11 .  T R A D E  A N D   O T H E R   PAYA B L E S
Current
Trade payables
Accruals
2015
$
6,592,330
19,857,386
26,449,716
2014
$
6,482,322
20,311,886
26,794,208
The	consolidated	entity	has	financial	risk	management	policies	in	place	to	ensure	that	all	payables	are	paid	within	the	allowed	
credit	period	in	order	to	avoid	the	payment	of	interest	on	outstanding	accounts. 	
1 2 .  B O R R O W I N G S 
1 2 . 1 .   C U R R E N T
Loans	(i)
Loans	-	Vehicle	Finance	(ii)
Securitisation/Warehousing	Facilities	(iii)
Hire	purchase	and	lease	liabilities	(note	19)	(iv)
12.2. Non-current
Loans	(i)
Loans	-	Vehicle	Finance	(ii)
Bond	(v)
Hire	purchase	and	lease	liabilities	(note	19)	(iv)
2015
$
2014
$
-
2,869,873
57,731,221
104,035
60,705,129
-
-
59,613,840
328,923
59,942,763
-
5,000,000
7,129,205
59,198,726
108,864
66,436,795
-
58,945,692
73,456
64,019,148
i, 
ii. 
The bank overdraft and the loans payable (which includes term loans and a variable rate bill facility) are secured by a fixed 
and floating charge over the total assets of the entity and a cross guarantee from the parent entity. There have been no 
breaches of loan covenants during the current or prior period.
Loans  –Vehicle  Finance  represents  a  vehicle  leasing  facility  with  FleetPartners  for  the  provision  of  high  quality  fully 
maintained vehicles for the use of Green Light Auto’s customers. The underlying financing from FleetPartners is repayable 
in line with the contractual repayments from the customer and is therefore repayable over the underlying vehicle lease 
term.
iii. 
The Securitisation/warehousing facilities represents two amounts:
1) 
A  Class  A  note  liability  relating  to  notes  issued  by  the  CCPF  Warehouse  Trust  No.1,  a  consolidated  subsidiary 
established  as  part  of  the  borrowing  arrangement  with  Westpac  Banking  Corporation.  The  notes  fund  eligible 
personal loan receivables originated by CCPF which generally have a maturity of less than twelve months and are 
secured on those receivables. Collections received in relation to these receivables are used to repay the notes on 
a monthly basis as they are received and additional Class A notes may be issued under the terms of the funding 
arrangement. The notes have been presented as a current liability because the trust does not have the unconditional 
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. The note subscriber 
is  obligated  to  subscribe  for  additional  notes  up  to  26  March  2016,  if  required,  up  to  a  prescribed  facility  limit. 
Therefore in the ordinary course of business the consolidated entity currently expects to draw additional notes in 
accordance with the funding arrangement through to 26 March 2016.  All amounts outstanding under the funding 
arrangement must be repaid in full on or before 26 March 2017. Refer to note 26 for further information on the future 
availability of the Westpac Securitisation facility and the provision of transaction banking services.
2) 
As at 30 June 2014, the balance included a senior note liability relating to GLA Receivable Trust No.1, a consolidated 
subsidiary established in conjunction with Fortress Finance securitisation facility. The notes funded eligible leases 
originated by Green Light Auto Group Pty Ltd (GLA).  This facility was terminated during the current year. 
55.
annual report 2015  	
1 2 .  B O R R O W I N G S
( C O N T I N U E D )
iv.  Hire purchase and lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased asset revert to the lessor in the 
event of default.
v. 
Represents a September 2013 issue of $60 million of senior unsecured 7.95% notes due in September 2018 with 
FIIG Securities Limited. The borrowing costs have been capitalised and offset against the liability.
1 2 . 3 . F I N A N C I N G  A R R A N G E M E N T S
Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit:
1 2 . 3 . 1 .   T O TA L   FA C I L I T I E S
Bank	overdrafts
Variable	rate	bill	facility
Securitisation	Facilities	(i)
Bond
Term loans
12.3.2. U S E D  AT   B A L A N C E   D AT E
Bank	overdrafts
Variable	rate	bill	facility
Securitisation	Facilities	(i)
Bond
Term loans
12.3.3. U N - U S E D  AT   B A L A N C E   D AT E
Bank	overdrafts
Variable	rate	bill	facility
Securitisation Facilities
Bond
Term loans
2015
$
2014
$
504,708
-
70,000,000
60,000,000
10,000,000
480,799
-
80,000,000
60,000,000
10,000,000
140,504,708
150,480,799
-
-
57,923,291
60,000,000
-
-
-
59,990,583
60,000,000
5,000,000
117,923,291
124,990,583
504,708
-
480,799
-
12,076,709
20,009,417
-
10,000,000
22,581,417
-
5,000,000
25,490,216
The	bank	overdraft	facilities	may	be	drawn	at	any	time	and	may	be	terminated	by	the	bank	without	notice.	Interest	rates	
are variable and are currently between two and two and three quarter percentage points above the bank base rate. 
(i) Refer to note 18 for further information in relation to financial instruments; and refer to note 26 for further information 
on the future availability of the Westpac Securitisation facility.  
1 2 . 4 .   L O A N   C O V E N A N T S  A N D   R E V I E W   E V E N T S
The	 consolidated	 entity	 has	 borrowing	 facilities	 with	 Westpac	 Banking	 Corporation	 in	 Australia.	 	 All	 facilities	 are	 subject	 to	
various	 loan	 covenants	 and	 review	 events.	 Refer	 to	 note	 26	 for	 further	 information	 on	 the	 future	 availability	 of	 the	 Westpac	
Securitisation	facility.
56.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
1 3 .  P R O V I S I O N S
1 3 . 1 .   C U R R E N T
Employee	benefits
Fringe	benefits	tax
Class	action	settlement	(i)
1 3 . 2 .   N O N - C U R R E N T
Employee	benefits
2015
$
2014
$
5,644,339
28,377
20,000,000
25,672,716
4,600,899
37,989
-
4,638,888
240,082
240,082
148,539
148,539
(i)	The	provision	for	Class	Action	Settlement	relates	to	the	settlement	of	the	NSW	Class	Action	claim.		As	announced	on	18	June	
2015,	the	settlement	provides	for	Cash	Converters	to	pay	$20	million	into	a	fund	for	distribution	to	members	of	the	Class.		Class	
members	comprise	borrowers	in	New	South	Wales	who	took	loans	from	Cash	Converters	subsidiaries	and	franchisees	during	the	
period	 1	 July	 2010	 to	 30	 June	 2013.	 	 Cash	 Converters	 will	 also	 pay	 legal	 costs	 capped	 at	 $3	 million	 which	 have	 been	 accrued	
for	 separately	 to	 the	 settlement	 provision.		 Any	 part	 of	 the	 distribution	 fund	 which	 remains	 after	 efforts	 to	 contact	 and	 pay	 class	
members	have	been	exhausted	and	after	payment	of	the	fund	administrators	costs,	will	be	repaid	to	Cash	Converters. 		
1 4 .  O T H E R   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S
14.1.	Allocation	of	other	intangible	assets	to	cash-generating	units
Other	intangible	assets	are	allocated	to	their	respective	cash-generating	unit	and	tested	for	impairment	annually.		Refer	to	note	
15	for	details	of	impairment	testing.		The	recoverable	value	of	other	intangible	assets	is	assessed	using	the	same	assumptions	
and	methods	as	the	goodwill	for	the	related	cash	generating	units. 	
The	carrying	amount	of	reacquired	rights,	and	trade	names	/	customer	relationships	allocated	to	cash	generating	units	that	are	
significant	individually	or	in	aggregate	is	as	follows:
Franchise	operations	(Australia)
Franchise	operations	(UK)
Financial	services	–	administration	(MON-E)
Financial	services	–	personal	loans	(CCPF)
Corporate	stores	(Australia)
Corporate	stores	(UK)
Vehicle leasing
2015
$
6,747,862
1,700,000
746,130
5,393,612
4,826,343
5,281,036
11,872
2014
$
6,747,862
1,700,000
-
5,393,612
4,289,137
3,751,583
17,672
24,706,855
21,899,866
57.
annual report 2015   
 
	
	
	
	
1 4 .  O T H E R   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S
  ( C O N T I N U E D )
14.2.	Categories	of	other	intangible	assets
COST
REAC-
QUIRED 
RIGHTS 
(I)
$
TRADE 
NAMES / 
CUSTOMER 
RELATION-
SHIP (II)
$
SOFT-
WARE
$
SOFT-
WARE 
UNDER 
FINANCE 
LEASE
$
TOTAL
$
Balance as at 1 July 2013
8,445,703
15,350,835
7,892,461
446,588
32,135,587
Acquisition through business combinations*
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments**
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
-
-
-
(106,000)
82,205
-
-
-
71,000
2,174
2,159,211
-
-
-
5,058
-
-
-
-
-
2,174
2,159,211
-
(35,000)
87,263
Balance as at 30 June 2014
8,421,908
15,421,835
10,058,904
446,588
34,349,235
Acquisition through business combinations*
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments**
631,839
746,130
-
174,210
-
-
-
1,855,958
(13,232)
1,438,000
1,340,000
-
7,507
-
-
-
-
-
806,049
2,602,088
(13,232)
2,778,000
129,508
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
122,001
-
Balance as at 30 June 2015
11,359,878
16,936,045
11,909,137
446,588
40,651,648
Amortisation
Balance as at 1 July 2013
2,265,551
4,714,101
2,442,813
290,048
9,712,513
Amortisation charge
Disposals
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
1,048,400
684,744
910,315
63,208
2,706,667
-
25,079
-
-
-
5,110
-
-
-
30,189
Balance as at 30 June 2014
3,339,030
5,398,845
3,358,238
353,256
12,449,369
Acquisition through business combinations*
-
-
-
-
-
Amortisation charge
Disposals
Net	foreign	currency	exchange	differences
1,207,512
1,107,429
1,095,764
40,000
3,450,705
-
50,444
-
-
(13,232)
7,507
-
-
(13,232)
57,951
Balance as at 30 June 2015
4,596,986
6,506,274
4,448,277
393,256
15,944,793
Net book value
At 30 June 2014
At 30 June 2015
* refer to note 33.1
5,082,878
10,022,990
6,700,666
93,332
21,899,866
6,762,892
10,429,771
7,460,860
53,332
24,706,855
** Adjustments ensuring from the Finalisation of Acquisition Accounting. Refer to note 33.2 for further details. 
i. 
ii. 
The useful economic life of reacquired rights is assessed on an individual asset basis in accordance with AASB 3 Business 
Combinations and AASB 138 Intangible Assets, where the useful economic life is equal to the remaining life of each stores 
franchise agreement with the consolidated entity, in place at the acquisition date.
The useful economic life of reacquired rights is assessed on an individual asset basis, but is not more 100 years from the date 
of acquisition. The directors review the economic useful life annually.
The useful economic life of customer relationships is assessed on an individual asset basis, and is currently amortised over 
five years from the date of acquisition; being the historic average customer life. The directors review the economic useful life 
annually.
58.
cash converters international 	
 
 
 
1 4 .  O T H E R   I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S
  ( C O N T I N U E D )
iii. 
Trade names are stated at cost to the consolidated entity and relates to amounts recognised either through the buy-back of 
overseas sub-master license rights, or through direct acquisition of regional sub-master rights in Australia by Cash Converters 
Pty Ltd. The depreciable amount of all trade names is amortised on a straight-line basis over their economic useful life, where 
material. The economic useful life of the trade names has been assessed on an individual asset basis but not more than 100 
years from the date of acquisition. The directors review the economic useful life annually.
1 5 .  G O O D W I L L
1 5 . 1 .   G R O S S   C A R RY I N G  A M O U N T 
2015
$
2014
$
Balance	at	beginning	of	financial	year
110,726,057
98,771,899
Additional	amounts	recognised	from	business	combinations	occurring	during 	
the	year	(refer	Note	33)
Disposal *
Adjustments	arising	on	the	finalisation	of	acquisition	accounting**
Foreign exchange movement
Balance at the end of the financial year
8,792,395
10,581,976
-
(2,665,410)
1,711,618
(37,039)
236,764
1,172,457
118,564,660
110,726,057
*	Disposals	relate	to	Goodwill	associated	with	the	sale	and	closure	of	UK	corporate	stores  
**	Refer	to	note	33.2
1 5 . 2 .  A C C U M U L AT E D   I M PA I R M E N T   L O S S E S
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Impairment	losses	for	the	year
Balance at end of financial year
1 5 . 3 .   N E T   C A R RY I N G  A M O U N T
At	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
At the end of the financial year
-
7,156,633
7,156,633
-
-
-
110,726,058
111,408,026
98,771,899
110,726,057
1 5 . 4 .  A L L O C AT I O N   O F   G O O D W I L L   T O   C A S H - G E N E R AT I N G   U N I T S
Goodwill	 has	 been	 allocated	 for	 impairment	 testing	 purposes	 to	 the	 following	 cash-generating	 units	 or	 groups	 of	 cash-
generating units:
•	
•	
•	
•	
Financial	services	-	administration	(MON-E)
Financial	services	–	personal	loans	(CCPF)
Corporate	stores	(Australia)
Corporate	stores	(UK)
59.
annual report 2015   
	
 
 
 
	
 
1 5 .  G O O D W I L L
( C O N T I N U E D )
The	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	allocated	to	cash-generating	units	that	are	significant	individually	or	in	aggregate	is	as	follows:
Financial	services	–	administration	(MON-E)
Financial	services	–	personal	loans	(CCPF)
Corporate	Stores	(Australia)
Corporate	Stores	(UK)
Goodwill arising on Australian store acquisitions:
2015
$
17,292,967
73,268,103
16,447,493
4,399,463
2014
$
17,292,967
69,816,469
13,955,912
9,660,709
111,408,026
110,726,057
The	 goodwill	 recognised	 as	 a	 result	 of	 the	 acquisition	 of	 Australian	 franchise	 stores	 is	 allocated	 between	 Corporate	 Stores	
(Australia)	and	Financial	services	–	personal	loans	(CCPF). 	
The	goodwill	acquired	prior	to	1	July	2014	has	been	reallocated	to	reflect	the	cash-generating	units	which	were	expected	to	
benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	business	combination	at	the	time	of	acquisition	based	on	the	EBITDA	contribution	that	the	
acquired	store	was	expected	to	generate	for	the	respective	cash	generating	units	at	the	time	of	acquisition.	The	effect	of	the	
reallocation	would	not	have	resulted	in	an	impairment	in	any	of	the	cash-generating	units	/	operating	segments	in	any	prior	
periods.
1 5 . 5 .  A L L O C AT I O N   O F   G O O D W I L L   T O   C A S H - G E N E R AT I N G   U N I T S
In	 this	 section	 we	 first	 discuss	 impairment	 losses	 recognised	 during	 the	 current	 or	 prior	 period,	 and	 then	 the	 details	 of	 the	
impairment	testing	methodology	and	key	assumptions	applied	for	all	major	cash	generating	units	/	operating	segments.
1 5 . 5 . 1 .   I M PA I R M E N T   L O S S E S   R E C O G N I S E D
Year ended 30 June 2015
Impairment	testing	of	non-current	assets,	including	those	with	indefinite	useful	lives,	using	value	in	use	calculations,	for	
the	year	ended	30	June	2015	identified	goodwill	balances	of	$7,156,634	and	property,	plant	and	equipment	of	$430,681	
that were not considered recoverable. 
These	 balances	 related	 to	 specific	 stores	 within	 the	 UK	 Corporate	 Stores	 network.	 	 Following	 the	 introduction	 of	 the	
Consumer	Credit	(Cost	Cap)	2014	in	the	United	Kingdom	in	January	2015,	there	has	been	a	drop	in	personal	and	cash	
advance	 loan	 volumes,	 impacting	 the	 overall	 profitability	 of	 the	 UK	 operations.	 	 As	 a	 result	 of	 this	 legislation,	 further	
compounded	by	continued	challenging	trading	conditions	for	certain	stores,	the	impairment	charges	noted	above	were	
recognised. 
Year ended 30 June 2014
No	impairment	losses	related	to	non-current	assets	were	recognised	during	the	year	ended	30	June	2014.
1 5 . 5 . 2 .   I M PA I R M E N T   T E S T I N G
COMMENTARY ON IMPAIRMENT TESTING APPROACH APPLICABLE TO ALL CGU’S:
Impairment	modelling	for	each	cash	generating	unit	(CGU)	has	been	prepared	separately.	Working	capital	requirements	
are	 factored	 into	 the	 modelling	 based	 on	 historic	 requirements	 for	 each	 CGU,	 and	 vary	 in	 line	 with	 revenue	 growth.	
Capital	investment,	required	to	run	the	business	(i.e.	replacement	and	non-expansionary	capital	expenditure),	has	been	
included	based	on	detailed	estimates	for	the	next	financial	year	and	incremental	growth	in	subsequent	years	consistent	
with increasing revenues.  
The	recoverable	value	of	all	non-current	assets,	including	goodwill,	property,	plant	and	equipment	(note	10)	and	other	
intangible	assets	(note	14)	is	assessed	using	the	impairment	testing	as	outlined	in	this	note.
IMPACT OF REGULATIONS
Both	 the	 Financial	 Services	 –	 Administration	 (Mon-E)	 and	 Personal	 Loans	 (CCPF)	 businesses	 operate	 in	 a	 regulated	
industry. 
60.
cash converters international 	
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
1 5 .  G O O D W I L L
( C O N T I N U E D )
Any	future	changes	to	applicable	legislation	may	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	consolidated	entity’s	operations,	and	
returns generated, in a positive or negative manner.  
The	impairment	testing	for	these	businesses	is	based	on	management’s	expectation	of	performance	taking	into	account	
applicable	legislative	requirements	at	the	date	of	the	impairment	testing,	being	30	June	2015.		Any	material	changes	to	
legislation	 impacting	 these	 businesses	 in	 future	 periods	 may	 have	 a	 significant	 positive,	 or	 negative	 impact	 on	 future	
performance.
FINANCIAL SERVICES – ADMINISTRATION (MON-E)
The	 recoverable	 value	 of	 MON-E	 is	 determined	 based	 on	 a	 value	 in	 use	 calculation	 which	 uses	 cash	 flow	 projections	
based	on	financial	budgets	approved	by	management	covering	a	five-year	period,	and	a	pre-tax	discount	rate	of	13.2%	
per	annum	(2014:	14.7%	per	annum).	
Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	year	period	are	estimated	using	a	terminal	value	calculated	under	standard	valuation	principles	
incorporating	a	2.5%	growth	rate	(2014:	2.5%).
Revenue	is	forecast	to	increase	due	to	increasing	loan	volumes,	with	growth	rates	not	in	excess	of	historical	performance.		
Forecast	 EBITDA	 margins	 are	 assumed	 to	 be	 stable,	 and	 in	 line	 with	 the	 long	 run	 average	 achieved.	 Refer	 above	 for	
discussion	on	the	regulated	nature	of	the	industry	in	which	this	business	operates.
FINANCIAL SERVICES – PERSONAL LOANS (CCPF) 
The	recoverable	amount	for	Cash	Converters	Personal	Finance	is	determined	based	on	a	value	in	use	calculation	which	
uses	cash	flow	projections	based	on	financial	budgets	approved	by	management	covering	a	five-year	period,	and	a	pre-
tax	discount	rate	of	13.3%	per	annum	(2014:	13.1%	per	annum). 	
Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	year	period	are	estimated	using	a	terminal	value	calculated	under	standard	valuation	principles	
incorporating	a	2.5%	growth	rate	(2014:	2.5%).
Revenue	is	forecast	to	increase	due	to	increasing	loan	volumes,	with	growth	rates	not	in	excess	of	historical	performance.		
Forecast	 bad	 debt	 rates	 are	 comparable	 to	 long	 run	 average	 rates	 experienced,	 and	 forecast	 EBITDA	 margins	 are	
assumed to be stable, and in line with the long run average achieved.
Refer	above	for	discussion	on	the	regulated	nature	of	the	industry	in	which	this	business	operates.
CORPORATE STORES (AUSTRALIA)
The	recoverable	amount	for	Australian	corporate	stores	is	determined	based	on	a	value	in	use	calculation	which	uses	
cash	flow	projections	based	on	financial	budgets	approved	by	management	covering	a	five-year	period,	and	a	pre-tax	
discount	rate	of	13.7%	per	annum	for	Australia	(2014:	17.6%	per	annum).
Cash	 flows	 beyond	 the	 one-year	 period	 have	 been	 extrapolated	 using	 a	 steady	 3%	 per	 annum	 growth	 rate	 based	 on	
performance	 levels	 for	 the	 last	 3	 months	 of	 the	 first	 year	 forecast.	 	 These	 growth	 rates	 have	 also	 been	 compared	 to	
forecast	 growth	 rates	 from	 external	 sources,	 and	 do	 not	 exceed	 them.	 Forecast	 EBITDA	 margins	 are	 assumed	 to	 be	
stable, and in line with historical average achieved.
Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	year	period	are	estimated	using	a	terminal	value	calculated	under	standard	valuation	principles	
incorporating	a	2.5%	growth	rate	(2014:	2.5%).
CORPORATE STORES (UK)
The	recoverable	amount	for	corporate	stores	is	determined	based	on	a	value	in	use	calculation	which	uses	cash	flow	
projections	based	on	financial	budgets	approved	by	management	covering	a	five-year	period,	and	a	pre-tax	discount	rate	
of	15.5%	per	annum	(2014:	14.0%	per	annum). 	
Cash	 flows	 beyond	 the	 one-year	 period	 have	 been	 extrapolated	 using	 a	 steady	 3%	 per	 annum	 growth	 rate	 based	 on	
performance	 levels	 for	 the	 last	 3	 months	 of	 the	 first	 year	 forecast.	 	 These	 growth	 rates	 have	 also	 been	 compared	 to	
forecast	 growth	 rates	 from	 external	 sources,	 and	 do	 not	 exceed	 them.	 Forecast	 EBITDA	 margins	 are	 assumed	 to	 be	
stable, and in line with historical average achieved.
Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	year	period	are	estimated	using	a	terminal	value	calculated	under	standard	valuation	principles	
incorporating	a	2.0%	growth	rate	(2014:	2.5%).
As	disclosed	above,	impairment	testing	of	the	UK	Corporate	Store	operations	resulted	in	impairment	losses	of	$7,587,315,	
split	between	Goodwill	of	A$7,199,449,	and	property,	plant	and	equipment	of	$387,816.	Further	sensitivity	disclosures	
related to this impairment testing has been included below.
61.
annual report 2015  	
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
1 5 .  G O O D W I L L
( C O N T I N U E D )
EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD- IMPACT ON IMPAIRMENT TESTING
Management	 note	 the	 subsequent	 events	 disclosed	 in	 note	 26,	 relating	 to	 the	 provision	 of	 banking	 facilities	 and	 the	
Queensland	Class	Action	and	the	resulting	subsequent	decline	in	the	market	capitalisation	of	the	Company	below	the	net	
asset value. 
Both	 of	 these	 events	 arose	 subsequent	 to	 year	 end,	 and	 were	 not	 in	 existence	 at	 the	 impairment	 testing	 date,	 and	
therefore	were	not	factored	into	the	impairment	testing	undertaken	as	at	30	June	2015		and	subsequent	assessment	of	
the decline in market capitalisation trigger event. 
Management	does	however	believe	that	neither	development	will	have	a	material	impact	on	the	recoverability	of	assets	
associated	with	either	the	Financial	Services	–	Administration	(Mon-E)	or	Personal	Loans	(CCPF)	businesses.		Further	
information	on	both	of	these	subsequent	events	is	disclosed	in	note	26. 	
To	support	this	fact,	management	has	decided	to	include	sensitivity	disclosures	in	relation	to	both	the	Mon-e	and	CCPF	
businesses	below,	even	though	the	impairment	testing	completed	as	at	30	June	2015	resulted	in	significant	headroom,	
such	that	these	disclosures	are	not	required	under	AASB	136	Impairment	of	Assets.
IMPAIRMENT SENSITIVITY DISCLOSURES
As	noted	above,	based	on	the	impairment	testing	completed,	for	all	cash	generating	units	other	than	the	UK	Corporate	
Store  operations,  management  believe  that  any  reasonably  possible  change  in  the  key  assumptions  on  which  the 
recoverable  amount  is  based  would  not  cause  the  aggregate  carrying  amount  to  exceed  the  aggregate  recoverable 
amount	of	the	cash-generating	unit.		
The	 impact	 of	 changes	 to	 key	 assumptions	 for	 the	 recoverable	 amount	 of	 the	 UK	 Corporate	 Store	 operations	 are	
summarised	below,	along	with	disclosures	for	CCPF	and	Mon-e	as	noted	above.
CGU
MON-E
CCPF
Carrying	value	(pre-impairment)
Impairment	expense	(i)
Carrying value (post-impairment)
Discount	rate	(post	tax)
Average	annual	compound	revenue	growth	rate	from 	
FY17	to	FY20
Impact	of	-1%	change	in	compound	growth	rate	on 	
headroom	($’000)
Impact	of	+1%	change	in	discount	rate	on	headroom
18,338,672
-
18,338,672
13.2%
98,507,610
-
98,507,610
13.3%
CORPORATE 
STORES (UK)
26,173,936
7,587,315
18,586,621
15.5%
3%
8%
3%
Refer	below
Refer	below
Refer	below
Refer	below
(452,988)
(1,110,418)
(i)	
Impairment	expense	includes	goodwill	impairment	of	$7,156,633	and	property,	plant	&	equipment	of	$430,682.
In	relation	to	CCPF,	the	implication	of	the	key	assumptions	for	the	recoverable	amount	are:
1. 
2.	
Discount rate - Management has considered the possibility that the discount rate used could increase. The 
recoverable	amount	of	CCPF	would	only	be	impacted	if	the	pre-tax	discount	rate	was	37.2%	or	more.
Forecast	EBITDA	for	CCPF	would	need	to	be	57%	lower	than	used	in	the	value	in	use	model,	over	the	five	
year	forecast	period,	to	result	in	a	recoverable	amount	lower	than	the	carrying	amount	of	CCPF.
In	relation	to	Mon-e,	the	implication	of	the	key	assumptions	for	the	recoverable	amount	are:
1. 
2.	
Discount rate - Management has considered the possibility that the discount rate used could increase. The 
recoverable	amount	of	Mon-e	would	only	be	impacted	if	the	pre-tax	discount	rate	was	26%	or	more.
Forecast	EBITDA	for	Mon-e	would	need	to	be	41.4%	lower	than	used	in	the	value	in	use	model,	over	the	five	
year	forecast	period,	to	result	in	a	recoverable	amount	lower	than	the	carrying	amount	of	Mon-e.
62.
cash converters international  
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
1 6 .  I S S U E D   C A P I TA L
1 6 . 1 .   F U L LY   PA I D   O R D I N A RY   S H A R E S   ( N U M B E R )
Balance	at	beginning	of	financial	year
Shares issued during the year
Balance at end of financial year
2015
2014
NO. SHARES
NO. SHARES
428,886,124
423,861,025
52,362,135
5,025,099
481,248,259
428,886,124
Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.
Changes	to	the	Corporations	Act	abolished	the	authorised	capital	and	per	value	concept	in	relation	to	the	share	capital	from	1	
July	1998.	Therefore,	the	Company	does	not	have	a	limited	amount	of	authorised	capital	and	issued	shares	do	not	have	a	par	
value.
1 6 . 2 .   F U L LY   PA I D   O R D I N A RY   S H A R E S   ( VA L U E )
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year
New	shares	issued	(net	of	issue	costs)
Balance at the end of the financial year
There are no securities stapled to the Cash Converters International Limited shares.
2015
$
2014
$
156,679,067
151,708,656
48,720,273
4,970,411
205,399,340
156,679,067
1 7 .  R E S E R V E S  A N D   R E TA I N E D   E A R N I N G S
1 7 . 1 .   R E S E R V E S
Foreign currency translation reserve
Share-based payment reserve
Non-controlling interest acquisition reserve
Balance at the end of the financial year
1 7 . 1 . 1 .   F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C Y   T R A N S L AT I O N   R E S E R V E
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Translation	of	foreign	operations
Balance at the end of the financial year
2015
$
10,696,672
3,032,291
2014
$
3,062,875
2,096,186
(15,809,370)
(11,662,250)
(2,080,407)
(6,503,189)
2015
$
3,062,875
7,633,797
10,696,672
2014
$
(2,629,872)
5,692,747
3,062,875
Exchange	differences	relating	to	the	translation	from	the	functional	currencies	of	the	Group’s	foreign	controlled	entities	
into	Australian	Dollars	are	brought	to	account	by	entries	made	directly	to	the	foreign	currency	translation	reserve.
63.
annual report 2015   
 
 
	
 
 
 
1 7 .  R E S E R V E S  A N D   R E TA I N E D   E A R N I N G S
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 7 . 1 . 2 .   S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T   R E S E R V E
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Arising	from	share-based	payment
Shares	issued	on	exercise	of	performance	rights
Balance at the end of the financial year
2015
$
2,096,186
1,302,876
(366,771)
3,032,291
2014
$
1,715,775
748,805
(368,394)
2,096,186
The	share-based	payment	reserve	arises	due	to	the	grant	of	share-based	payments	by	the	Company	under	the	executive	
performance	rights	plan.
1 7 . 1 . 3 .   N O N - C O N T R O L L I N G   I N T E R E S T   R E S E R V E
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Arising	from	acquisition	of	non-controlling	interest
Balance at the end of the financial year
2015
$
(11,662,250)
(4,147,120)
(15,809,370)
2014
$
-
(11,662,250)
(11,662,250)
The	 non-controlling	 interest	 acquisition	 reserve	 records	 the	 acquisition	 of	 non-controlling	 interest	 in	 Green	 Light	 Auto	
Group Pty Ltd
1 7 . 2 .   R E TA I N E D   E A R N I N G S
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Net	profit	attributable	to	members	of	the	parent	entity
Issue	of	shares	(Dividend	Reinvestment	Plan)
Dividends	provided	for	or	paid
Balance at the end of the financial year
1 8 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
1 8 . 1   C A P I TA L   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T
2015
$
2014
$
98,025,142
(21,483,718)
90,835,176
24,192,335
(4,515,708)
(4,602,017)
(13,647,070)
(12,400,352)
58,378,646
98,025,142
The	consolidated	entity	manages	its	capital	to	maximise	the	return	to	stakeholders	through	the	optimisation	of	the	debt	and	
equity balance whilst ensuring that the consolidated entity is able to continue as a going concern. The consolidated entity’s 
overall	strategy	remains	unchanged	from	prior	year. 	
The	capital	structure	of	the	consolidated	entity	consists	of	debt,	which	includes	the	borrowings	disclosed	in	note	12,	cash	and	
cash	equivalents	and	equity	attributable	to	holders	of	the	parent,	comprising	issued	capital,	reserves	and	retained	earnings	as	
disclosed in notes 16 and 17 respectively. 
The  consolidated  entity  operates  globally,  primarily  through  subsidiary  companies  established  in  the  markets  in  which  the 
consolidated	entity	trades.	None	of	the	consolidated	entity’s	operations	are	subject	to	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.
The	consolidated	entity’s	policy	is	to	borrow	both	centrally	and	locally,	using	a	variety	of	borrowing	facilities,	to	meet	anticipated	
funding	requirements.
64.
cash converters international  
 
 
	
	
 
	
1 8 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 8 . 2 .   C AT E G O R I E S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
1 8 . 2 . 1 .   F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Personal loans receivable
1 8 . 2 . 2 .   F I N A N C I A L   L I A B I L I T I E S
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
2015
$
2014
$
52,378,665
47,106,107
26,843,072
48,357,257
119,861,673
123,677,192
26,449,716
26,794,208
127,141,924
123,961,911
The	consolidated	entity	has	no	material	financial	assets	or	liabilities	that	are	held	at	fair	value.
1 8 . 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   O B J E C T I V E S
The	consolidated	entity’s	treasury	function	provides	services	to	the	business,	co-ordinates	access	to	domestic	and	international	
financial	markets,	and	manages	the	financial	risks	relating	to	the	operations	of	the	consolidated	entity.	The	consolidated	entity	
does	 not	 enter	 into	 or	 trade	 financial	 instruments,	 including	 derivative	 financial	 instruments,	 for	 speculative	 purposes.	 The	
consolidated	 entity’s	 activities	 expose	 it	 primarily	 to	 the	 financial	 risks	 of	 changes	 in	 foreign	 currency	 exchange	 rates	 and	
interest rates.
1 8 . 3 . 1 .   M A R K E T   R I S K
The	consolidated	entity’s	activities	expose	it	primarily	to	the	financial	risks	of	changes	in	foreign	currency	exchange	rates	
(refer	note	18.3.2)	and	interest	rates	(refer	note	18.3.3).
There has been no change to the consolidated entity’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and 
measures	the	risk	from	the	previous	period. 	
1 8 . 3 . 2 .   F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C Y   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T
The	consolidated	entity	undertakes	certain	transactions	denominated	in	foreign	currencies,	hence	exposures	to	exchange	
rate	fluctuations	arise.	Exchange	rate	exposures	are	relatively	small	and	spot	rates	are	normally	used.
There	 are	 no	 foreign	 currency	 denominated	 monetary	 assets	 or	 monetary	 liabilities	 in	 the	 consolidated	 entity	 at	 the	
reporting date.
1 8 . 3 . 3 .   I N T E R E S T   R AT E   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T
The Company and the consolidated entity are exposed to interest rate risk as entities in the consolidated group borrow 
funds	at	variable	rates	and	place	funds	on	deposit	at	variable	rates.	Personal	loans	issues	by	the	consolidated	entity	are	
at	fixed	rates.	The	risk	is	managed	by	the	consolidated	entity	by	monitoring	interest	rates.
The	 Company	 and	 the	 consolidated	 entity’s	 exposures	 to	 interest	 rates	 on	 financial	 assets	 and	 financial	 liabilities	 are	
detailed	in	the	liquidity	risk	management	section	of	this	note.
1 8 . 4 .   I N T E R E S T   R AT E   S E N S I T I V I T Y  A N A LY S I S
The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and the 
stipulated	change	taking	place	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year	and	held	constant	throughout	the	reporting	period.	A	50	
basis	point	increase	or	decrease	is	used	because	this	represents	management’s	assessment	of	the	possible	change	in	interest	
rates. 
At	 reporting	 date,	 if	 interest	 rates	 had	 been	 50	 basis	 points	 higher	 or	 lower	 and	 all	 other	 variables	 were	 held	 constant,	 the	
Group’s	net	profit	would	increase/decrease	by	approximately	$288,656	(2015:	increase/decrease	by	approximately	$324,953).	
The Group’s sensitivity to interest rates has decreased during the current period mainly due to repaying variable rate borrowings 
and	increasing	its	fixed	rate	finance	leases.
65.
annual report 2015   
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
1 8 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
1 8 . 5 .   C R E D I T   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T
Credit	 risk	 refers	 to	 the	 risk	 that	 counter-party	 will	 default	 on	 its	 contractual	 obligations	 resulting	 in	 financial	 loss	 to	 the	
consolidated	 entity.	 The	 consolidated	 entity	 has	 adopted	 the	 policy	 of	 only	 dealing	 with	 creditworthy	 counterparties	 and	
obtaining	 sufficient	 collateral	 or	 other	 security	 where	 appropriate,	 as	 a	 means	 of	 mitigating	 the	 risk	 of	 financial	 loss	 from	
defaults.	The	consolidated	entity	measures	credit	risk	on	a	fair	value	basis.	The	consolidated	entity	does	not	have	any	significant	
credit	 risk	 exposure	 to	 any	 single	 counterparty	 or	 any	 group	 of	 counterparties	 having	 similar	 characteristics,	 other	 than	 its	
franchisees.	The	consolidated	entity	has	a	policy	of	obtaining	sufficient	collateral	or	other	securities	from	these	franchisees.	
The	majority	of	loans	within	the	financing	division	relate	to	loans	made	by	Cash	Converters	Personal	Finance	which	makes	both	
secured and unsecured personal loans. Credit risk is present in relation to all unsecured loans made which is managed within 
an	agreed	corporate	policy	on	customer	acceptance	and	on-going	review	of	recoverability.
1 8 . 6 .   L I Q U I D I T Y   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T
Ultimate	responsibility	for	liquidity	risk	management	rests	with	the	board	of	directors,	who	have	built	an	appropriate	liquidity	risk	
management	framework	for	the	management	of	the	consolidated	entity’s	short,	medium	and	long-term	funding	and	liquidity	
management requirements. The consolidated entity manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, banking 
facilities	 and	 reserve	 borrowing	 facilities	 by	 continuously	 monitoring	 forecast	 and	 actual	 cash	 flows	 and	 matching	 maturity	
profiles	 of	 financial	 assets	 and	 liabilities.	 Included	 in	 note	 12	 is	 a	 listing	 of	 additional	 undrawn	 facilities	 that	 the	 company/
consolidated	entity	has	at	its	disposal	to	further	reduce	liquidity	risk.
1 8 . 7 .   L I Q U I D I T Y  A N D   I N T E R E S T   R I S K   TA B L E S
1 8 . 7 . 1 .   F I N A N C I A L   L I A B I L I T I E S
The	following	table	detail	the	consolidated	entity’s	remaining	contractual	maturity	for	its	financial	liabilities.	The	tables	
have	been	drawn	up	based	on	the	undiscounted	cash	flows	of	financial	liabilities	based	on	the	earliest	date	on	which	the	
consolidated	entity	can	be	required	to	pay.	The	table	includes	both	interest	and	principal	cash	flows. 	
To	the	extent	that	interest	flows	are	at	floating	rate,	the	undiscounted	amount	is	derived	from	interest	rate	curves	at	the	
end	of	the	reporting	period.	The	contractual	maturity	is	based	on	the	earliest	date	on	which	the	consolidated	entity	may	
be required to pay.
2015
Non-interest bearing
Finance	lease	liability	-	fixed	rate
Fixed interest rate instruments
Variable	interest	rate	instruments	(i)
2014
Non-interest bearing
Finance	lease	liability	-	fixed	rate
Fixed interest rate instruments
Variable	interest	rate	instruments	(i)
WEIGHTED AV-
ERAGE EFFEC-
TIVE INTEREST 
RATE
%
0.00
7.50
7.95
5.20
%
0.00
8.50
7.95
6.19
1 YEAR 
OR LESS
$
1 TO 5 
YEARS
$
26,449,716
-
3,196,951
8,866,634
-
75,502,500
59,982,739
-
89,629,406
84,369,134
$
$
26,794,208
-
356,099
74,844
-
80,272,500
63,756,187
5,579,375
90,906,494
85,926,719
MORE THAN 
5 YEARS
$
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL
$
26,449,716
12,063,585
75,502,500
59,982,739
173,998,540
$
26,794,208
430,943
80,272,500
69,335,562
176,833,213
At	 the	 year-end	 it	 was	 not	 probable	 that	 the	 counterparty	 to	 the	 financial	 guarantee	 contract	 will	 claim	 under	 the	 contract.	
Consequently, the amount included above is nil. 
(i)	
Refer	to	note	26	for	further	information	on	the	future	availability	of	the	Westpac	Securitisation	facility.
66.
cash converters international  
	
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
1 8 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
18.7.2 Financial assets
The	following	table	details	the	consolidated	entity’s	expected	maturity	for	its	financial	assets.	The	tables	below	have	been	drawn	up	
based	on	the	undiscounted	contractual	maturities	of	the	financial	assets	including	interest	that	will	be	earned	on	those	assets	except	
where	the	company/consolidated	entity	anticipates	that	the	cash	flow	will	occur	in	a	different	period.
WEIGHTED 
AVERAGE 
EFFECTIVE 
INTEREST 
RATE
%
0.00
1.51
1 YEAR 
OR LESS
$
17,569,267
48,381,137
1 TO 5 
YEARS
$
-
-
2015
Non-interest bearing
Variable interest rate instruments
Fixed interest rate instruments
120.05
186,991,512
18,800,000
2014
Non-interest bearing
Variable interest rate instruments
%
0.00
1.83
252,941,916
18,800,000
$
$
16,815,639
27,334,307
-
-
Fixed interest rate instruments
126.42
232,133,793
20,107,211
276,283,739
20,107,211
MORE THAN 
5 YEARS
$
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL
$
17,569,267
48,381,137
205,791,512
271,741,916
$
16,815,639
27,334,307
252,241,004
296,390,950
The	amounts	included	above	for	variable	interest	rate	instruments	for	both	assets	and	liabilities	is	subject	to	change	if	actual	
rates	differ	to	from	those	applied	in	the	above	a	calculations.
1 8 . 8 .   FA I R   VA L U E   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S
The	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	determined	on	the	following	basis.
1 8 . 8 . 1 .  F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S  A N D  F I N A N C I A L  L I A B I L I T I E S  T H AT  A R E  M E A S U R E D  AT  FA I R  VA L U E  O N  A R E C U R R I N G 
B A S I S
Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	at	fair	value	financial	instruments	are	grouped	into	Levels	1	to	3	based	on	the	degree	to	
which	the	fair	value	is	observable.	Levels	are	defined	as	follows:
•	
•	
•	
Level	1	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	
assets	of	liabilities.
Level	2	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	with	Level	1	that	
are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	directly	(i.e.	as	prices)	or	indirectly	(i.e.	derived	from	prices).
Level	3	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	valuation	techniques	that	include	inputs	for	the	asset	or	
liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data	(unobservable	inputs).
At	 30	 June	 2015	 and	 30	 June	 2014	 the	 Group	 has	 no	 material	 financial	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 that	 are	 measured	 on	 a	
recurring basis.
1 8 . 8 . 2 .   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   F I N A N C I A L   L I A B I L I T I E S   T H AT   A R E   N O T   M E A S U R E D   AT   FA I R   VA L U E   O N   A 
R E C U R R I N G   B A S I S   ( B U T   W H E R E   FA I R   VA L U E   D I S C L O S U R E S  A R E   R E Q U I R E D )
At	 30	 June	 2015	 and	 30	 June	 2014,	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 financial	 assets	 and	 financial	 liabilities	 for	 the	 Group	 is	
considered	to	approximate	their	fair	values.	
The	fair	value	of	the	monetary	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	is	based	upon	market	prices	where	a	market	price	
exists	or	by	discounting	the	expected	future	cash	flows	by	the	current	interest	rates	for	assets	and	liabilities	with	similar	
risk	profiles.
67.
annual report 2015   
	
	
 
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
1 9 .  L E A S E S
1 9 . 1 .   F I N A N C E   L E A S E S
Finance	leases	relate	to	computer	equipment	and	motor	vehicles	with	lease	terms	of	up	to	5	years.	The	consolidated	entity	has	
options	to	purchase	the	equipment	for	a	nominal	amount	at	the	conclusion	of	the	lease	agreements.
Finance lease and hire purchase expenditure  
contracted for at balance sheet date, payable:
Within one year
Later	than	one,	not	later	than	five	years
Less	future	finance	charges
Included in the financial statement as:
Current	borrowings	(note	12)
Non-current	borrowings	(note	12)
1 9 . 2 .   O P E R AT I N G   L E A S E S
MINIMUM FUTURE  
PRESENT VALUE OF MINIMUM  
LEASE PAYMENTS
FUTURE LEASE PAYMENTS
2015
$
2014
$
2015
$
2014
$
115,410
118,383
233,793
(20,895)
212,898
356,099
74,844
430,943
(28,564)
402,379
104,035
108,864
212,899
-
328,923
73,456
402,379
-
212,899
402,379
104,035
108,864
212,899
328,923
73,456
402,379
Operating	leases	relate	to	office	accommodation	and	retail	premises	with	lease	terms	of	between	5	to	10	years,	with	an	option	
to	extend	for	a	further	5	years.	All	operating	lease	contracts	contain	market	review	clauses	in	the	event	that	the	consolidated	
entity exercises its option to renew. The consolidated entity does not have an option to purchase the leased assets at the expiry 
of	the	lease	period.
Non-cancellable operating lease commitments payable:
Within one year
Later	than	one,	not	later	than	five	years
Later	than	five	years
2015
$
2014
$
13,137,443
10,767,858
35,484,635
30,148,417
11,599,805
9,212,642
60,221,883
50,128,917
Operating	lease	commitments	relate	to	head	office	premises	in	Australia,	the	regional	offices	in	the	UK	and	around	Australia	
and the corporate stores in the UK and Australia. Cash Converters hold an option to renew on the Australian premises.
1 9 . 3 .   C O M M I T M E N T   F O R   C A P I TA L   E X P E N D I T U R E
At	30	June	2015	capital	expenditure	commitments	were	$1,800,000	(2014:	$1,650,000).
68.
cash converters international  
	
 
 
	
	
	
2 0 .  K E Y   M A N A G E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   R E M U N E R AT I O N
Details	 of	 directors	 and	 other	 members	 of	 key	 management	 personnel	 of	 Cash	 Converters	 International	 Limited	 during	 the	
year are:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
S.	Grimshaw	(Chairman,	non-executive	director)	–	appointed	1	November	2014,	appointed	Chairman	10	September	2015
R.	Webb	(Non-executive	director)	–	Chairman	up	to	9	September	2015
W.	Love	(Non-executive	director)	–	resigned	21	August	2014
J.	Beal	(Non-executive	director)	–	resigned	21	August	2014
L.	Given	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	22	August	2014
D.	Carter	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	1	December	2014;	deceased	26	January	2015. 	
K.	Dundo	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	20	February	2015.
P.	Cumins	(Managing	director,	executive)
M.	Cooke	(Legal	counsel)
I.	Day	(General	manager	–	Australia)	–	retired	31	August	2015
R.	Groom	(Company	secretary	/	Chief	financial	officer)
G.	Fee	(Chief	Information	officer)
M.	Osborne	(Company	secretary	/	Chief	financial	officer	–	UK)	–	resigned	31	July	2014
D.	Patrick	(Chief	executive	officer	-	UK)	–	resigned	31	March	2015
M.	Jenkins	(General	manager	–	UK)	–	appointed	30	April	2015
The	aggregate	compensation	of	the	key	management	personnel	of	the	consolidated	entity	is	set	out	below:
Short-term	employee	benefits
Long-term	employee	benefits
Post-employee	benefits
Share-based	payment	(i)
Total compensation
(i) Please refer to note 21 and the remuneration report for further information.
2 1 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S
2015
$
2014
$
4,235,013
3,548,303
-
147,801
1,021,050
5,403,864
-
156,247
672,645
4,377,195
2 1 . 1 .   T H E   E X E C U T I V E   P E R F O R M A N C E   R I G H T S   P L A N
The	 executive	 performance	 rights	 plan,	 which	 was	 approved	 by	 shareholders	 on	 30	 November	 2010,	 allows	 the	 directors	
of	 the	 Company	 to	 issue	 up	 to	 20,000,000	 performance	 rights	 which	 will	 vest	 into	 ordinary	 shares	 in	 the	 Company	 upon	
the	achievement	of	certain	vesting	conditions.		As	at	30	June	2015,	the	shareholders	had	approved	the	issue	of	15,920,500	
performance	rights	under	the	plan	to	the	managing	director	and	the	Company’s	senior	management	team	in	various	tranches	
with	each	tranche	containing	different	vesting	conditions.
Each	right	entitles	the	holder	to	subscribe	for	one	fully	paid	ordinary	share	in	the	Company	at	the	exercise	price	of	$Nil.	During	
the	reporting	period,	a	total	of	622,500	performance	rights	were	granted	in	Tranches	10,	11	and	12	to	senior	executives	of	the	
Company.
69.
annual report 2015   
 
 
	
	
2 1 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
The	following	arrangement	were	in	existence	during	the	current	and	prior	reporting	periods:-
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS  
GRANT DATE FAIR 
EXPIRY DATE OF 
OPTIONS/  
PERFORMANCE 
TRANCHE
GRANT DATE
VALUE
NO. GRANTED
EXERCISE PRICE
RIGHTS
Managing Director
1
2
Other Executives
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
30/11/2010
30/11/2010
19/09/2011
19/09/2011
19/09/2011
25/09/2012
25/09/2012
25/09/2012
25/09/2013
25/09/2013
25/09/2013
25/09/2014
25/09/2014
25/09/2014
$0.57
$0.43
$0.42
$0.39
$0.31
$0.75
$0.71
$0.68
$1.21
$1.15
$1.09
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
4,000,000
6,000,000
1,600,000
400,000
1,800,000
283,668
283,667
283,665
215,668
215,668
215,664
207,501
207,501
207,498
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
14/10/2012
14/10/2016
22/08/2012
4/10/2013
15/09/2016
4/10/2013
1/07/2014
1/07/2015
1/07/2014
1/07/2015
1/07/2016
1/07/2015
1/07/2016
1/07/2017
2 1 . 2 .   FA I R   VA L U E   O F   S H A R E   O P T I O N S   G R A N T E D   I N   T H E   Y E A R
The	weighted	average	fair	value	of	the	share	options	granted	during	the	financial	year	is	$1.01	(2014:	$1.15).	Options	were	
priced	 using	 a	 binomial	 option	 pricing	 model.	 Where	 relevant,	 the	 expected	 life	 used	 in	 the	 model	 is	 based	 on	 the	 earliest	
vesting	date	possible	for	each	tranche,	based	on	the	vesting	conditions.
Grant Date share price
Exercise Price
Expected volatility
Option	life
Dividend	Yield
Risk-free	interest	rate
TRANCHE 10
TRANCHE 11
TRANCHE 12
$1.10
nil
40%
$1.10
nil
40%
$1.10
nil
40%
0.8	Years
1.8	Years
2.8	Years
5%
2.56%
5%
2.56%
5%
2.86%
2 1 . 3 .   M O V E M E N T   I N   S H A R E   O P T I O N S   D U R I N G   T H E   Y E A R
The	following	table	illustrates	the	number	of,	and	movements	in,	performance	rights	during	the	year.		The	performance	rights	
were	issued	free	of	charge,	weighted	average	exercise	price	is	nil.	No	shares	were	exercisable	at	the	end	of	the	current	year.
Outstanding 1 July
Granted during the year
Forfeited/Lapsed	during	the	year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at end of the year
70.
2015
NUMBER
8,807,665
622,500
(56,666)
(376,002)
-
2014
NUMBER
9,051,000
647,000
(206,667)
(683,668)
-
8,997,497
8,807,665
cash converters international 	
 
 
	
 
	
2 1 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 1 . 3 . 1 .   S H A R E   O P T I O N S   E X E R C I S E D   D U R I N G   T H E   Y E A R
Year ended 30 June 2015
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 
TRANCHE
Other Executives
GRANT DATE
NO. EXERCISED
EXERCISE DATE
SHARE PRICE AT 
EXERCISE DATE
5
7
25/09/2012
25/09/2013
177,001
199,001
376,002
10/09/2014
10/09/2014
$1.12
$1.12
Year ended 30 June 2014
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 
TRANCHE
Other Executives
GRANT DATE
NO. EXERCISED
EXERCISE DATE
SHARE PRICE AT 
EXERCISE DATE
2
4
19/09/2011
25/09/2012
400,000
283,668
683,668
4/10/2013
4/10/2013
$1.26
$1.26
2 1 . 3 . 2 .   E X P E N S E   R E C O G N I S E D
The	cumulative	expense	recognised	for	employee	services	received	by	the	Company	is	shown	in	the	table	below.
Balance	as	at	1	July
Expense	arising	from	equity-settled	share-based	payment	transactions
Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
2 1 . 3 . 3   S H A R E   O P T I O N S   L A P S E D   D U R I N G   T H E   Y E A R
Year ended 30 June 2015
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
$
5,411,340
1,302,876
6,714,216
4,662,535
748,805
5,411,340
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS TRANCHE
GRANT DATE
NO. LAPSED
Other executives
6
25/09/2012
56,666
56,666
Year ended 30 June 2014
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS TRANCHE
GRANT DATE
NO. LAPSED
Other executives
5
6
7
8
9
25/09/2012
25/09/2012
24/09/2013
24/09/2013
24/09/2013
106,667
50,000
16,667
16,667
16,666
206,667
71.
annual report 2015   
 
2 1 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 1 . 3 . 4 .   S H A R E   O P T I O N S   O U T S TA N D I N G  AT   Y E A R   E N D
The	total	number	of	options	outstanding	at	the	year-end	were	8,997,497	(2014:	8,807,665)
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS TRANCHE
GRANT DATE
NO. OUTSTANDING
EXPIRY DATE OF
OPTIONS/ 
PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS
Managing director
2
Other executives
3
6
8
9
10
11
12
30/11/2010
6,000,000
14/10/2016
19/09/2011
25/09/2012
25/09/2013
25/09/2013
25/09/2014
25/09/2014
25/09/2014
1,800,000
15/09/2016
176,998
199,001
198,998
207,501
207,501
207,498
8,997,497
1/07/2015
1/07/2015
1/07/2016
1/07/2015
1/07/2016
1/07/2017
The	weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life	for	the	performance	rights	outstanding	as	at	30	June	2015	is	1.2	years.	
(2014:	2.1	years)
2 2 .  R E L AT E D   PA R T Y   T R A N S A C T I O N S
The	immediate	parent	and	ultimate	controlling	party	of	the	Group	is	Cash	Converters	International	Limited. 	
Balances	 and	 transactions	 between	 the	 Company	 and	 its	 subsidiaries,	 which	 are	 related	 parties	 of	 the	 Company,	 have	 been	
eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
EZCORP	Inc.(EZCORP)	is	a	related	party	of	the	Company	because	the	Company	is	an	associate	due	to	the	substantial	holding	of	
the Company’s listed shares by EZCORP. The balances and transactions between the Company and EZCORP relate to the South 
American and Mexico joint venture as per note 31.
Other	than	share	based	payments	(as	disclosed	in	note	21)	and	shareholdings	of	key	management	personnel	(as	disclosed	in	the	
remuneration	 report);	the	parent;	its	subsidiaries,	associates	 and	 key	 management	personnel	 made	 no	 related	 party	 transactions	
during the reporting period.
72.
cash converters international 	
	
	
	
	
	
2 3 .  S U B S I D I A R I E S
2 3 . 1 .   C O M P O S I T I O N   O F   T H E   G R O U P
The	financial	statements	include	the	financial	statements	of	the	Group	and	the	subsidiaries	listed	in	the	following	table:
NAME OF ENTITY
Parent entity
Cash	Converters	International	Limited	(i)
Directly controlled by Cash Converters International 
Limited
Cash	Converters	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Cash Converters UK Holdings PLC
Cash	Converters	USA	Limited	(note	24)
Mon-e	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Cash	Converters	Personal	Finance	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Safrock	Finance	Corporation	(QLD)	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Safrock	Finance	Corporation	(WA)	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Finance	Administrators	of	Australia	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Cash	Converters	(Stores)	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Cash	Converters	(Cash	Advance)	Pty	Ltd	(ii)	(iii)
Green	Light	Auto	Group	Pty	Ltd	(iii)	(iv)
Cash	Converters	(NZ)	Pty	Ltd
Directly Controlled by Cash Converters Personal Finance 
Pty Ltd
CCPF Warehouse Trust No.1
Directly controlled by Cash Converters (Stores) Pty Ltd
BAK Property Pty Ltd
Directly controlled by Cash Converters Pty Ltd
COUNTRY OF 
OWNERSHIP 
INCORPORATION
INTEREST
2015
2014
Australia
Australia
UK
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
100%
100%
100%
100%
99.285%
99.285%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%
n/a
100%
100%
Cash Converters Finance Corporation Limited
Australia
64.33%
57.31%
Directly controlled by Green Light Auto Group Pty Ltd
GLA Receivables Trust No. 1
Directly controlled by Cash Converters USA Limited
Cash Converters USA Inc.
Australia
USA
100%
100%
100%
100%
i. 
ii. 
iii. 
Cash Converters International Limited is the head entity within the tax consolidated group.
These companies are members of the tax consolidated group.
These wholly owned subsidiaries have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with Cash Converters International Limited 
pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 and are relieved from the requirement to prepare and lodge an audited financial 
report.
iv. 
Joined the tax consolidation group on in November 2014
73.
annual report 2015   
	
2 3 .  S U B S I D I A R I E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 3 . 2 .   F I N A N C I A L   S U P P O R T
The	company	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	has	entered	into	a	‘Deed	of	Cross	Guarantee’	under	which	each	company	
guarantees	the	debts	of	the	others. 	
By	entering	into	the	Deed	of	Cross	Guarantee,	the	wholly-owned	entities	have	been	relieved	from	the	requirement	to	prepare	
a	 financial	 report	 and	 directors’	 report	 under	 Class	 Order	 98/1418	 (as	 amended)	 issued	 by	 the	 Australian	 Securities	 and	
Investments Commission. 
The	consolidated	statement	of	profit	or	loss	and	other	comprehensive	income	and	statement	of	financial	position	of	the	entities	
party to the cross guarantee are:
2 3 . 2 . 1 .   S TAT E M E N T   O F   P R O F I T   O R   L O S S  A N D   O T H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E
Franchise	fees
Financial services interest revenue
Sale	of	goods
Other revenues
Revenue
Cost	of	sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Advertising expenses
Occupancy expenses
Other expenses
Finance costs
Share	of	net	loss	of	equity	accounted	investment
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
(Loss) / Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
2015
$
2014
$
5,421,950
5,824,052
205,646,625
162,159,254
62,604,893
6,605,371
55,768,890
2,365,881
280,278,839
226,118,077
(80,634,619)
(59,474,691)
199,644,220
166,643,386
(74,673,947)
(60,811,592)
(6,889,192)
(5,897,403)
(13,115,650)
(11,260,972)
(94,375,789)
(35,233,439)
(9,056,134)
(7,459,224)
73,683
1,607,191
(5,046,765)
(3,439,574)
(41,465)
45,939,291
(14,518,745)
31,420,546
-
-
(3,439,574)
31,420,546
74.
cash converters international 	
	
	
 
2 3 .  S U B S I D I A R I E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 3 . 2 . 2 .   S TAT E M E N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Personal loans receivable
Inventories
Other assets
Current tax receivable
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Plant and equipment
Deferred	tax	assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Investments in associates
Other	financial	assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Current tax payables
Provisions
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings *
Parent entity interest
2015
$
45,100,663
30,231,344
101,512,744
16,188,446
8,947,418
3,600,310
2014
$
22,072,012
20,401,278
98,729,828
11,458,200
7,229,068
-
205,580,925
159,890,386
43,744,558
19,219,346
9,491,106
64,829,895
14,084,468
7,640,923
107,554,692
100,968,171
18,614,906
6,287,609
30,250,137
16,348,495
6,213,926
34,250,137
235,162,354
244,336,015
440,743,279
404,226,401
39,420,596
60,691,522
-
5,672,716
15,369,848
54,140,459
7,810,080
4,594,068
105,784,834
81,914,455
66,436,795
240,082
66,676,877
64,007,130
148,539
64,155,669
172,461,711
146,070,124
268,281,568
258,156,277
205,399,340
156,679,067
(12,859,773)
75,742,001
2,013,492
99,463,718
268,281,568
258,156,277
75.
annual report 2015  2 3 .  S U B S I D I A R I E S
( C O N T I N U E D )
* Retained earnings
Retained	earnings	as	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year
Net	(Loss)	/	profit	
Issue	of	shares	(DRP)
Dividends	provided	for	or	paid
Retained earnings as at the end of the financial year
2 4 .  N O N - C O N T R O L L I N G   I N T E R E S T S
2 4 . 1 .   N O N - C O N T R O L L I N G   I N T E R E S T S   I N   C O N T R O L L E D   E N T I T I E S
Balance	at	beginning	of	year
Non-controlling	interest	arising	from	contractual	arrangement	(Green	Light	Auto 	
Group	Pty	Ltd)
Acquisition	of	non-controlling	interests	 
(Green	Light	Auto	Group	Pty	Ltd)
Share	of	loss	for	the	year
2015
$
99,463,718
(5,558,939)
(4,515,708)
2014
$
85,045,541
31,420,546
(4,602,017)
(13,647,070)
(12,400,352)
75,742,001
99,463,718
2015
$
2014
$
(3,494,699)
1,049
-
(12,097,952)
3,697,120
11,662,250
(201,372)
1,049
(3,060,046)
(3,494,699)
2 4 . 1 . 1 .   C A S H   C O N V E R T E R S   U S A  LT D
Non-controlling	interests	hold	83,936	-	one	cent	ordinary	units	in	Cash	Converters	USA	Limited,	being	0.715%	of	the	total	
equity	of	the	company.
2 4 . 1 . 2 .   G R E E N   L I G H T  A U T O   G R O U P  P T Y   LT D
As	at	30	June	2014,	a	non-controlling	interest	 of	 20	 per	 cent	 of	 the	 total	equity	 of	 in	Green	Light	 Auto	Group	 Pty	Ltd	
existed	(800,000	–	one	dollar	ordinary	shares).		This	interest	was	acquired	by	the	consolidated	entity	during	the	current	
year	for	consideration	of	$450,000	in	cash. 	
2 5 .  C O N T I N G E N T   L I A B I L I T I E S
In	the	course	of	its	normal	business	the	consolidated	entity	occasionally	receives	claims	and	writs	for	damages	and	other	matters	
arising	from	its	operations.	Where	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors	it	is	deemed	appropriate	a	specific	provision	is	made,	otherwise	
the	directors	deem	such	matters	are	either	without	merit	or	of	such	kind	or	involved	such	amounts	that	would	not	have	a	material	
adverse	effect	on	the	operating	results	or	financial	position	of	the	economic	entity	if	disposed	of	unfavourably.
The	directors	are	not	aware	of	any	material	contingent	liabilities	in	existence	as	at	30	June	2015	requiring	disclosure	in	 the	financial	
statements. 
For	events	subsequent	to	30	June	2015	giving	rise	to	contingent	liabilities,	refer	to	note	26. 	
76.
cash converters international 	
	
	
	
	
2 6 .  E V E N T S  A F T E R   T H E   R E P O R T I N G   P E R I O D
2 6 . 1 .   Q U E E N S L A N D   C L A S S  A C T I O N
On	 31	 July	 2015	 the	 Company	 was	 served	 with	 a	 writ	 lodged	 with	 the	 New	 South	 Wales	 Registry	 of	 the	 Federal	 Court	 of	
Australia	by	a	Mr	Sean	Lynch	seeking	to	commence	a	class	action	claim	on	behalf	of	borrowers	resident	in	Queensland	who	
took	out	personal	loans	from	the	Company’s	subsidiaries	during	the	period	from	30	July	2009	to	30	June	2013.	Since	1	July	
2013,  the  personal  loan  lending  system  has  been  undertaken  in  accordance  with  the  regulatory  regime  introduced  by  the 
Federal Government, in conjunction with the States.
The	 current	 proceedings	 attack	 the	 “brokerage	 fee”	 charged	 to	 customers	 between	 30	 July	 2009	 and	 30	 June	 2013.	 	 The	
brokerage	fee	system	has	not	been	used	since	30	June	2013.		The	proceedings	relate	to	loans	made	only	in	Queensland	to	
Queensland residents by Company subsidiaries based in Queensland, notwithstanding that the action has been commenced in 
New	South	Wales.		The	particular	aspect	being	attacked	in	these	proceedings	is	the	charging	of	a	brokerage	fee	to	customers,	
mainly	by	franchisees,	for	the	service	of	introducing	customers	to	the	Company’s	subsidiaries,	which	provided	the	loans. 		
The	action	will	be	vigorously	defended.		
2 6 . 2 .   B A N K I N G   FA C I L I T I E S
On	 5	 August	 2015	 Westpac	 Banking	 Corporation	 informed	 the	 Company	 that	 Westpac	 has	 taken	 the	 decision	 to	 cease	 to	
provide	 banking	 and	 financial	 products	 and	 services	 to	 its	 customers	 who	 provide	 Short	 Term	 Credit	 Contracts	 (STCCs)	 or	
Small	Amount	Credit	Contracts	(SACCs)	under	section	5(1)	of	the	National	Consumer	Credit	Protection	Act	2009	(cth).	Cash	
Converters	is	a	licenced	provider	of	financial	services	under	the	terms	of	this	Act.	Westpac	assured	the	Company	that	they	
will implement this decision in accordance with the Company contractual agreements with Westpac, and in a considered and 
consultative way so as to allow the Company to establish alternative banking arrangements. 
The	Company	currently	has	a	securitisation	facility	with	Westpac	drawn	to	$57,923,291	which	is	contracted	to	March	2016	
with	an	approximate	six	month	run-off	period.	Westpac	also	provides	transactional	banking	services	to	the	Company	and	have	
agreed	to	provide	these	services	until	the	expiry	date	of	the	securitisation	facility	(March	2017).	The	Company	is	confident	that	
all	Westpac	facilities	and	services	will	be	replaced	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business,	including	the	securitisation	facility	for	the	
personal loans.
2 7 .  E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E
2015
2014
Earnings	used	in	the	calculation	of	basic	earnings	per	share	(net	profit)
$(21,483,718)
$24,192,335
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding—basic
458,052,281
426,320,267
Dilutive	effect	of	Performance	rights	(note	21)
-
8,543,325
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding—diluted
458,052,281
434,863,592
Basic	(loss)	/	earnings	per	common	share
Diluted	(loss)	/	earnings	per	common	share
$(4.69)
$(4.69)
$5.67
$5.56
The	number	of	potential	ordinary	shares	not	included	in	the	above	calculation	is	9,406,538	(2014:	Nil).
77.
annual report 2015  	
	
	
	
	
	
2 8 .  D I V I D E N D S
On	the	31	March	2015	the	directors	of	the	Company	declared	an	interim	fully	franked	dividend	of	2.0	(two)	cents	per	share,	in	respect	
of	 the	 financial	 year	 ended	 30	 June	 2015.	 The	 Company	 Dividend	 Reinvestment	 Plan	 (DRP)	 applied	 to	 this	 dividend,	 providing	
shareholders	with	the	option	to	reinvest	all	or	part	of	their	eligible	dividends	at	a	discount	of	2.5%	of	the	price	established	by	the	5	
day	VWAP	up	to	and	including	the	record	date.	The	total	interim	dividend	paid	was	$9,577,531. 	
The	Company	has	Australian	franking	credits	available	of	$57,433,108	on	a	tax	paid	basis	(2014:	$48,293,422).
Notwithstanding	that	the	Company	has	a	strong	underlying	profit	and	the	cash	resources	to	pay	a	dividend	consistent	with	its	past	
dividend	policy,	the	Company	is	unable	to	do	so	due	to	the	application	of	the	covenants	under	its	banking	facility.	The	Company	is	
in	the	process	of	replacing	the	current	bank	securitisation	facility	–	and	although	an	alternative	provider	has	yet	to	be	confirmed,	the	
Company	is	confident	of	establishing	a	new	facility	in	the	short	term	(refer	note	26.2	for	further	information). 	
As	a	consequence,	no	final	dividend	has	been	declared. 	
Recognised amounts 
Final	dividend	Prior	Year:	Franked	to	100%	at	30%
Interim	dividend	current	year:	Franked	to	100%	at	30%
Unrecognised amounts
2015
2014
CENTS PER
SHARE
2.00
2.00
TOTAL
$
8,585,247
9,577,531
18,162,778
CENTS PER
SHARE
2.00
2.00
TOTAL
$
8,477,221
8,525,148
17,002,369
Final	dividend:	Franked	to	100%	at	30%
-
-
2.00
8,577,722
2 9 .  S E G M E N TA L   I N F O R M AT I O N
Information	reported	to	the	consolidated	entity’s	managing	director	for	the	purposes	of	resource	assessment	and	assessment	of	
performance	is	focused	on	the	nature	of	the	service	and	category	of	customer.	The	consolidated	entity’s	reportable	segments	under	
AASB	8	Operating	Segments	are	therefore	as	follows:
2 9 . 1 .   F R A N C H I S E   O P E R AT I O N S
This	involves	the	sale	of	franchises	for	the	retail	sale	of	second	had	goods	and	the	sale	of	master	licenses	for	the	development	
of	franchises	in	countries	around	the	world.
2 9 . 2 .   S T O R E   O P E R AT I O N S
This	involves	the	retail	sale	of	second	hand	goods	at	corporate	owned	stores	in	Australia	and	the	UK.
2 9 . 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S   –   P E R S O N A L   L O A N S
This segment includes the Cash Converters Personal Finance personal loans business.
2 9 . 4 .   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S   –  A D M I N I S T R AT I O N
This	segment	includes	Mon-E	which	is	responsible	for	providing	the	internet	platform	and	administration	services	for	the	Cash	
Converters	network	in	Australia	to	offer	small	cash	advance	loans	to	their	customers.
2 9 . 5 .   V E H I C L E   L E A S I N G
This	 segment	 includes	 Green	 Light	 Auto	 Group	 Pty	 Ltd	 which	 provides	 fully	 maintained	 vehicles	 through	 a	 lease	 product	
to	customer	for	a	term	of	up	to	four	years.	Revenue	is	split	between	lease	interest	and	additional	service	income	(warranty,	
insurance	and	maintenance),	also	the	sale	of	end	of	lease	vehicle	stock.
Information	regarding	these	segments	is	presented	below.	The	accounting	policies	of	the	reportable	segments	are	the	same	as	
the consolidated entity’s accounting policies.
The	following	is	an	analysis	of	the	consolidated	entity’s	revenue	and	results	by	reportable	operating	segment	for	the	periods	under	
review.
78.
cash converters international 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
2 9 .  S E G M E N TA L   I N F O R M AT I O N 
( C O N T I N U E D )
FINANCIAL
FINANCIAL
SERVICES - 
SERVICES - 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2015
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
TION
LOANS
LEASING
HEAD OFFICE
TOTAL
FRANCHISE 
STORE 
ADMINISTRA-
PERSONAL
VEHICLE
CORPORATE
Interest revenue (i)
Other revenue
Gross revenue
1,602,770
59,600,908
9,061,999
163,927,591
3,348,503
-
237,541,771
17,348,462
130,640,368
5,664,795
-
5,366,709
3,086,836
162,107,170
18,951,232
190,241,276
14,726,794
163,927,591
8,715,212
3,086,836
399,648,941
Less intercompany sales
(6,724,478)
(11,985,028)
(5,664,795)
-
-
(948,317)
(25,322,618)
Segment revenue
External Interest revenue (ii)
Total revenue
12,226,754
178,256,248
9,061,999
163,927,591
8,715,212
2,138,519
374,326,323
-
81,405
2,162
396,971
15,973
69,805
566,316
12,226,754
178,337,653
9,064,161
164,324,562
8,731,185
2,208,324
374,892,639
EBITDA	(iii)
5,965,054
15,006,643*
8,262,594*
23,996,632*
(2,687,167)
(41,422,107)#
9,121,649
Depreciation and amortisation
(247,279)
(6,142,698)
(2,894)
(861,287)
(151,492)
(1,632,408)
(9,038,058)
Impairment
EBIT
Interest expense
Profit/(Loss) before tax
Income tax expense
Operating loss after tax
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest
Loss attributable to members of CCIL
-
(7,587,315)
-
-
-
-
(7,587,315)
5,717,775
1,276,630
8,259,700
23,135,345
(2,838,659)
(43,054,515)
(7,503,724)
-
(11,029)
-
(3,214,558)
(843,634)
(5,002,853)
(9,072,074)
5,717,775
1,265,601
8,259,700
19,920,787
(3,682,293)
(48,057,368)
(16,575,798)
(5,109,292)
(21,685,090)
201,372
(21,483,718)
*		
Includes	the	contract	termination	expense	of	$824,670	in	Store	Operations,	$4,256,000	in	Financial	Services	–	Administration	and	
$24,547,600	in	Financial	Services	–	Personal	Loans.
#			
Includes	the	class	action	settlement	expense	of	$23,000,000.
FINANCIAL
FINANCIAL
SERVICES - 
SERVICES -
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
TION
LOANS
LEASING
HEAD OFFICE
TOTAL
FRANCHISE 
STORE 
ADMINISTRA-
 PERSONAL
VEHICLE
CORPORATE
Interest revenue (i)
Other revenue
Gross revenue
853,851
50,715,277
9,975,616
137,692,194
3,695,847
-
202,932,785
17,598,736
121,208,375
4,340,267
481
5,013,278
3,995,921
152,157,058
18,452,587
171,923,652
14,315,883
137,692,675
8,709,125
3,995,921
355,089,843
Less intercompany sales
(6,189,157)
(11,096,393)
(4,340,267)
-
-
(2,392,569)
(24,018,386)
Segment revenue
External Interest revenue (ii)
Total revenue
12,263,430
160,827,259
9,975,616
137,692,675
8,709,125
1,603,352
331,071,457
-
49,136
4,142
312,817
31,116
200,239
597,450
12,263,430
160,876,395
9,979,758
138,005,492
8,740,241
1,803,591
331,668,907
EBITDA (iii)
6,633,516
15,615,352
10,410,310
39,835,270
(4,038,694)
(19,914,394)
48,541,360
Depreciation and amortisation
(260,518)
(5,234,532)
(4,242)
(828,594)
(179,179)
(1,416,646)
(7,923,711)
EBIT
Interest expense
Profit/(Loss) before tax
Income tax expense
Operating profit after tax
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest
Profit attributable to members of CCIL
6,372,998
10,380,820
10,406,068
39,006,676
(4,217,873)
(21,331,040)
40,617,649
-
(27,638)
-
(2,971,665)
(1,076,393)
(4,501,488)
(8,577,184)
6,372,998
10,353,182
10,406,068
36,035,011
(5,294,266)
(25,832,528)
32,040,465
(10,908,176)
21,132,289
3,060,046
24,192,335
(i)		
Interest	 Revenue	 comprises	 of	 personal	 loan	 interest,	 cash	 advance	 fee	 income,	 pawn	 broking	 interest	 from	 customers	 and	
commercial	loan	interest	from	3rd	parties
(ii)		 External	interest	revenue	is	interest	received	on	bank	deposits
(iii)		 EBITDA	is	Earnings	before	interest,	tax,	depreciation,	amortisation	and	impairment 					
79.
annual report 2015  2 9 .  S E G M E N TA L   I N F O R M AT I O N 
( C O N T I N U E D )
Segment	profit	represents	the	profit	earned	by	each	segment	without	the	allocation	of	central	administration	costs	and	directors’	
salaries,	 interest	 income	 and	 expense	 in	 relation	 to	 corporate	 facilities,	 and	 tax	 expense.	 This	 is	 the	 measure	 reported	 to	 the	
managing	director	(chief	operating	decision	maker)	for	the	purpose	of	resource	allocation	and	assessment	of	segment	performance.
2 9 . 6 .   C O N S O L I D AT E D   E N T I T Y  A S S E T S   B Y   R E P O R TA B L E   S E G M E N T
Franchise operations
Store operations
Financial	services	–	administration
Financial services - personal loans
Vehicle leasing
Total of all segments
Unallocated assets
Total assets
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
$
16,079,365
14,892,843
116,808,665
163,151,426
18,856,029
18,171,602
232,389,279
159,336,472
14,738,476
398,871,814
15,759,263
371,311,606
42,331,252
38,675,850
441,203,066
409,987,456
Unallocated  assets  include  various  corporate  assets  including  cash  held  at  a  corporate  level  that  has  not  been  allocated  to  the 
underlying segments.
2 9 . 7 .   C O N S O L I D AT E D   E N T I T Y   L I A B I L I T I E S   B Y   R E P O R TA B L E   S E G M E N T
Franchise operations
Store operations
Financial services - administration
Financial	services	–	personal	loans
Vehicle leasing
Total of all segments
Unallocated liabilities
Total liabilities
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
$
2,448,768
17,287,960
5,510,500
105,462,805
9,786,525
2,591,445
12,841,108
4,866,524
93,003,169
6,492,422
140,496,558
119,794,668
39,007,880
45,486,467
179,504,438
165,281,135
Unallocated	liabilities	include	consolidated	entity	borrowings	not	specifically	allocated	to	the	underlying	segments.
80.
cash converters international 	
 
 
 
2 9 .  S E G M E N TA L   I N F O R M AT I O N 
( C O N T I N U E D )
2 9 . 8 .   O T H E R   S E G M E N T   I N F O R M AT I O N
Franchise operations
Store	operations	(i)
Financial services - administration
Financial services - personal loans
Vehicle leasing
Total of all segments
Unallocated 
Total
DEPRECIATION, AMORTISATION 
ADDITIONS TO NON-CURRENT 
AND IMPAIRMENT YEAR ENDED
ASSETS YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
1,761,508
13,612,233
238,853
861,287
151,492
16,625,373
-
16,625,373
$
1,570,934
5,119,065
225,939
828,594
179,179
7,923,711
-
7,923,711
$
6,198,528
12,563,973
746,130
314,056
184,454
20,007,141
-
20,007,141
$
3,956,297
10,536,384
-
2,557,323
995,092
18,045,096
-
18,045,096
(i) Depreciation, amortisation and impairment includes impairment of $7,587,315 (2014: nil)
2 9 . 9 .   G E O G R A P H I C A L   I N F O R M AT I O N
The	consolidated	entity	operates	in	two	principal	geographical	areas	–	Australia	(country	of	domicile)	and	the	United	Kingdom.	
The	consolidated	entity’s	revenue	from	continuing	operations	from	external	customers	and	information	about	its	non-current	
assets by geographical location are detailed below. 
Australia
United Kingdom
Rest	of	world
REVENUE FROM EXTERNAL 
CUSTOMERS YEAR ENDED
NON-CURRENT  ASSETS*
YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
$
$
$
278,875,390
230,984,335
145,653,727
132,307,425
95,557,092
100,147,536
15,819,065
22,905,261
460,157
537,036
-
-
374,892,639
331,668,907
161,472,792
155,212,686
*Non-current  assets  excluding  those  relating  to  deferred  tax  assets,  trade  and  other  receivables  and  other  financial  assets. 
Includes property, plant and equipment; goodwill and other intangible assets.
81.
annual report 2015   
 
 
	
 
3 0 .  PA R E N T   E N T I T Y   D I S C L O S U R E S
The	accounting	policies	of	the	parent	entity,	which	have	been	applied	in	determining	the	financial	information	shown	below,	are	the	
same	as	those	applied	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	Refer	to	note	1	for	a	summary	of	the	significant	accounting	policies	
relating to the Group
3 0 . 1   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N
Assets
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issues capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
3 0 . 2   F I N A N C I A L   P E R F O R M A N C E
Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
$
3,452,819
253,423,027
256,875,846
$
82
225,843,060
225,843,142
-
60,000,000
60,000,000
7,805,090
65,000,000
72,805,090
196,875,846
153,038,052
192,599,681
148,761,887
-
-
4,276,165
4,276,165
196,875,846
153,038,052
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 0 . 3   G U A R A N T E E S   E N T E R E D   I N T O   B Y   PA R E N T   E N T I T Y   I N   R E L AT I O N   T O   T H E   D E B T S   O F   I T S   S U B S I D I A R I E S
Cross	guarantees	have	been	provided	by	the	parent	entity	and	its	controlled	entities	as	listed	on	note	23.	The	fair	value	of	the	
cross	guarantee	has	been	assessed	as	$Nil	based	on	the	underlying	performance	of	the	entities	in	the	cross	guarantee.
Guarantee	provided	under	the	deed	of	cross	guarantee	(i)
2,140,975
2,140,975
(i) Cash Converters International Limited has provided a cross guarantee to HSBC for a BACS facility provided to CCUK.
2015
2014
82.
cash converters international 	
 
 
	
 
3 1 .  I N V E S T M E N T   I N  A S S O C I AT E S
During the period, the Company held an investment in the New Zealand Cash Converters Master Franchisor. The Company holds a 
25	per	cent	equity	interest	in	all	aspects	of	the	New	Zealand	enterprise,	including	corporate	stores,	franchise	contracts	and	financial	
services. 
Also during the year, the Company was involved in a joint venture with EZCORP Inc. to expand Cash Converters into South America 
and	Mexico.		The	Company	holds	20	per	cent	equity	in	the	joint	venture;	in	consideration	for	granting	a	master	license	to	the	joint	
venture	for	Latin	America	and	providing	information	technology	services,	training	and	management	support	to	the	venture.
Balances	of	the	investments	in	associates	and	joint	ventures	are	shown	below
2015
$
2014
$
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
6,213,926
-
Investment in Cash Converters New Zealand
EZCorp	JV	-	Mexico	&	South	America
Net	profit	/	(loss)	for	the	year
-
-
73,683
5,491,059
764,332
(41,465)
Balance at the end of the financial year
6,287,609
6,213,926
3 2 .  O T H E R   F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S
Cash	Converters	International	Limited	invested	in	‘Green	Light	Auto	Group	Pty	Limited’	in	the	form	of	a	convertible	note,	carrying	a	
10 per cent coupon rate, paid six monthly in arrears and was secured. 
The convertible note was exercised by Cash Converters International Limited on 23 September 2014. 
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Conversion	of	note
Balance at the end of the financial year
3 3 .  B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N AT I O N S
2015
$
-
-
-
2014
$
4,000,000
(4,000,000)
-
33.1 Business combinations during the current year
During	the	period	the	Company	acquired	the	trade	and	assets	of	eight	Cash	Converters	franchised	stores,	seven	in	Australia	
and one in the United Kingdom.
C O R P O R AT E   S T O R E S
These	 transactions	 have	 been	 accounted	 for	 using	 the	 acquisition	 method	 of	 accounting.	 The	 net	 assets	 acquired	 in	 the	
business combinations, and the goodwill arising, are shown below:
83.
annual report 2015   
 
	
	
 
 
	
 
	
3 3 .  B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N AT I O N S
( C O N T I N U E D )
Net assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Intangible assets
Inventories
Trade and other payables
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired
Consideration:
Consideration	satisfied	by	cash
Goodwill arising on acquisition
The cash outflow on acquisition is as follows:
Net cash acquired with the stores
Cash paid
Net consolidated cash outflow
FAIR VALUE 
RECOGNISED ON 
ACQUISITION
$
94,323
2,959,878
806,049
1,250,027
(349,458)
4,760,819
13,553,214
8,792,395
94,323
(13,553,214)
(13,458,891)
In	accordance	with	AASB3	‘Business	Combinations’	the	acquirer	is	required	to	fair	value	all	acquired	assets	and	liabilities,	
including	separately	identifiable	intangible	assets.	
Goodwill	 arose	 in	 the	 business	 combination	 because	 the	 cost	 of	 the	 combination	 included	 a	 control	 premium	 paid	 to	
acquire	the	stores.	In	addition,	the	consideration	paid	for	the	combination	effectively	included	amounts	in	relation	to	the	
benefit	of	expected	synergies,	revenue	growth,	future	market	development	and	the	assembled	workforce	of	the	stores.	
These	benefits	are	not	recognised	separately	from	goodwill	as	the	future	economic	benefits	arising	from	them	cannot	be	
reliably measured.
Included	in	the	net	profit	for	the	period	is	$1,147,180	attributable	to	the	additional	business	generated	by	the	eight	stores	
from	the	date	of	acquisition.
3 3 . 2 .   F I N A L I S AT I O N   O F   P R I O R   Y E A R   B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N AT I O N S
During	the	year,	the	valuations	of	the	stores	acquisition	business	combinations	that	took	place	during	the	previous	financial	year,	
were	finalised.	As	a	result	of	these	valuations,	the	following	changes	were	reflected	in	the	current	year	financial	statements:-
Goodwill
Reacquired Rights intangible asset
Customer Relationships intangible asset
Trade & Other Receivables
2015
2014
DEBIT / (CREDIT)
DEBIT / (CREDIT)
$
(2,665,410)
1,438,000
1,340,000
(112,590)
-
$
236,764
(106,000)
71,000
(201,764)
-
Included	in	the	net	profit	for	the	year	is	additional	amortisation	of	$483,156	(2014:	$241,516)	in	relation	to	the	changes	made	
to	the	separately	identifiable	intangibles	valuation	and	their	useful	life.
84.
cash converters international  
	
	
	
 
	
	
3 4 .  C O M PA N Y   D E TA I L S
Cash Converters International Limited is a listed public company, incorporated in Australia.
Registered	office	&	principal	place	of	business:
Level 18, 37 St Georges Terrace, PERTH WA 6000, Telephone: +61 8 9221 9111 
85.
annual report 2015   
	
 
D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T
The	directors	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	submit	the	following	report	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015.
D I R E C T O R S
The	following	persons	held	office	as	directors	of	the	Company	during	the	financial	year	and	until	the	date	of	this	report	(directors	were	in	
office	for	this	entire	period	unless	otherwise	stated):
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
S.	Grimshaw	(Chairman,	non-executive	director)	–	appointed	1	November	2014,	appointed	Chairman	on	10	September	2015
R.	Webb	(Non-executive	director),	Chairman	until	9	September	2015
W.	Love	(Non-executive	director)	–	resigned	21	August	2014
J.	Beal	(Non-executive	director)	–	resigned	21	August	2014
L.	Given	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	22	August	2014
D.	Carter	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	1	December	2014;	deceased	26	January	2015
K.	Dundo	(non-executive	director)	–	appointed	20	February	2015
P.	Cumins	(Managing	director,	executive)
P R I N C I PA L  A C T I V I T I E S
The	consolidated	entity’s	principal	activity	is	that	of	a	franchisor	of	second	hand	goods	and	financial	services	stores,	a	provider	of	secured	
and	unsecured	loans	and	the	operator	of	a	growing	number	of	corporate	stores,	all	of	which	trade	under	the	Cash	Converters	name.
Country	franchise	licences	are	also	sold	to	licensees	to	allow	the	development	of	the	Cash	Converters	brand	but	without	the	need	for	
support	from	Cash	Converters	International	Limited.
O P E R AT I N G   R E S U LT S   F O R   T H E   Y E A R
The	consolidated	entity’s	net	loss	attributable	to	members	of	the	parent	entity	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015	was	$21,483,718	(2014:	
profit	of	$24,192,335)	after	a	charge	for	income	tax	of	$5,109,292	(2014:	$10,908,176).
D I V I D E N D S
The	directors	of	the	Company	paid	a	fully	franked	interim	dividend	of	two	cents	per	share	on	31	March	2015.		In	addition,	a	fully	franked	
dividend	of	two	cents	per	share	declared	in	relation	to	the	prior	year	was	paid	on	16	September	2014.
Notwithstanding	 that	 the	 Company	 has	 a	 strong	 underlying	 profit	 and	 the	 cash	 resources	 to	 pay	 a	 dividend	 consistent	 with	 its	 past	
dividend	policy,	the	Company	is	unable	to	do	so	due	to	the	application	of	the	covenants	under	its	banking	facility.		The	Company	is	in	the	
process	of	replacing	the	current	bank	securitisation	facility	–	and	although	an	alternative	provider	has	yet	to	be	confirmed,	the	Company	
is	confident	of	establishing	a	new	facility	in	the	short	term. 	
	As	a	consequence,	no	final	dividend	has	been	declared.
O P E R AT I N G  A N D   F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W
	A	review	of	the	consolidated	entities’	operations	and	financial	performance	has	been	provided	for	on	pages	18	to	24.
S I G N I F I C A N T   C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   S TAT E   O F  A F FA I R S
During	the	financial	year	there	were	no	significant	changes	in	the	state	of	affairs	of	the	consolidated	entity	other	than	referred	to	elsewhere	
in	the	report,	the	financial	statements	or	notes	thereto.
86.
cash converters international S I G N I F I C A N T   E V E N T S  A F T E R   T H E   B A L A N C E   D AT E
Banking Facilities
On	5	August	2015	Westpac	Banking	Corporation	informed	the	Company	that	Westpac	has	taken	the	decision	to	cease	to	provide	banking	
and	financial	products	and	services	to	its	customers	who	provide	Short	Term	Credit	Contracts	(STCCs)	or	Small	Amount	Credit	Contracts	
(SACCs)	under	section	5(1)	of	the	National	Consumer	Credit	Protection	Act	2009	(cth).	Cash	Converters	is	a	licenced	provider	of	financial	
services	under	the	terms	of	this	Act.
Westpac  assured  the  Company  that  they  will  implement  this  decision  in  accordance  with  the  Company  contractual  agreements  with 
Westpac, and in a considered and consultative way so as to allow the Company to establish alternative banking arrangements. 
The	 Company	 currently	 has	 a	 securitisation	 facility	 with	 Westpac	 drawn	 to	 $57.9	 million	 which	 is	 contracted	 to	 March	 2016	 with	 an	
approximate	six	month	run-off	period.	Westpac	also	provides	transactional	banking	services	to	the	Company	and	have	agreed	to	provide	
these	services	until	the	expiry	date	of	the	securitisation	facility	(March	2017).
The	 Company	 is	 confident	 that	 all	 Westpac	 facilities	 and	 services	 will	 be	 replaced	 in	 the	 ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 including	 the	
securitisation	facility	for	the	personal	loans.
Queensland Class Action
On	31	July	2015	the	Company	was	served	with	a	writ	lodged	with	the	New	South	Wales	Registry	of	the	Federal	Court	of	Australia	by	a	Mr	
Sean	Lynch	seeking	to	commence	a	class	action	claim	on	behalf	of	borrowers	resident	in	Queensland	who	took	out	personal	loans	from	
the	Company’s	subsidiaries	during	the	period	from	30	July	2009	to	30	June	2013.
Since	1	July	2013,	the	personal	loan	lending	system	has	been	undertaken	in	accordance	with	the	regulatory	regime	introduced	by	the	
Federal Government, in conjunction with the States.
The	current	proceedings	attack	the	“brokerage	fee”	charged	to	customers	between	30	July	2009	and	30	June	2013.		The	brokerage	fee	
system	has	not	been	used	since	30	June	2013. 	
The  proceedings  relate  to  loans  made  only  in  Queensland  to  Queensland  residents  by  Company  subsidiaries  based  in  Queensland, 
notwithstanding that the action has been commenced in New South Wales.  The particular aspect being attacked in these proceedings 
is	 the	 charging	 of	 a	 brokerage	 fee	 to	 customers,	 mainly	 by	 franchisees,	 for	 the	 service	 of	 introducing	 customers	 to	 the	 Company’s	
subsidiaries, which provided the loans.  
The	action	will	be	vigorously	defended.		
Other	than	the	matters	noted	above,	no	significant	events	have	happened	after	the	balance	date. 	
E N V I R O N M E N TA L   R E G U L AT I O N  A N D   P E R F O R M A N C E
The	Company	has	assessed	whether	there	are	any	particular	or	significant	environmental	Regulations,	which	apply	to	the	Company,	and	
has determined that there are none.
87.
annual report 2015  I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   D I R E C T O R S / C O M PA N Y   S E C R E TA RY
DIRECTOR/COMPANY 
THE INTERESTS OF THE DIRECTORS IN 
THE SHARES AND OPTIONS OF CASH  
CONVERTERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
SECRETARY
QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE
POSITION HELD
AT THE DATE OF THIS REPORT
Peter Cumins
Reginald Webb
Lachlan Given
Stuart Grimshaw
Kevin Dundo
Ralph Groom
NUMBER OF  
NUMBER OF  
OPTIONS OVER  
ORDINARY SHARES
ORDINARY SHARES*
Managing director
10,253,030
6,000,000
Non-executive 
director
1,012,500
Nil
Non-executive 
director
Nil
Nil
Non-executive 
chairman
Nil
Nil
Non-executive 
director
Nil
Nil
Former	General	Manager	of	Cash	Converters	Pty 	
Ltd. 
A	qualified	accountant.	Joined	the	board	in	1995. 	
Mr	Cumins	joined	the	board	of	EZCorp	Inc.	as	a 	
non-executive director.
FCA.	Fellow	of	the	Institute	of	Chartered 	
Accountants	and	a	former	partner	of 	
PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr Webb joined the 
board	in	1997.	He	is	also	a	director	of	Dorsogna 	
Limited since 1996.
Executive	chairman	of	EZCORP	Inc.	Holds	
directorships	at	The	Farm	Journal	Corporation,	a 	
134 year old pre-eminent US agricultural media 
company;	Senetas	Corporation	Ltd	(ASX:SEN);	
and	CANSTAR	Pty	Ltd.	Graduate	of	the 	
Queensland	University	of	Technology	in	Banking	
and Finance.
MBA.		Chief	Executive	Officer	of	EZCORP	Inc. 	
Formerly	the	Managing	Director	of	the	Bank	of 	
Queensland;	he	has	held	a	wide	variety	of	senior 	
executive	roles	within	the	financial	services	
industry	including	the	Commonwealth	Bank	of	
Australia and National Australia Bank over a 30 
year career. 
LLB,AICD,FCPA.		Partner	at	law	firm	
HopgoodGanim; his practice specialises in the 
commercial	and	corporate	field,	with	experience	
in the mining sector, the mining services industry 
and	the	financial	services	industry.		
FCPA,	FCIS,	CGMA.	Qualified	as	a	Chartered 	
Management	Accountant	in	the	UK	before	joining 	
the	group	in	1995.	Undertook	further	studies 	
in	Australia	to	qualify	as	a	CPA	and	Chartered 	
Secretary.
Company  
secretary	/
Chief	financial	
officer
19,525
383,333
* Please refer note 21 for further information.
The	particulars	of	directors’	interests	in	shares	are	as	at	the	date	of	this	directors’	report,	or	date	of	resignation	if	applicable. 	
88.
cash converters international D I R E C T O R S ’  M E E T I N G S
The	number	of	meetings	of	directors	and	meetings	of	committees	of	directors	held	during	the	year	and	the	number	of	meetings	attended	
by	each	director	were	as	follows:
BOARD OF DIRECTORS  
AUDIT AND RISK  
REMUNERATION/NOMINATION  
MEETINGS
COMMITTEE MEETINGS
COMMITTEE MEETINGS
NUMBER  
NUMBER  
NUMBER  
NUMBER HELD
ATTENDED
NUMBER HELD
ATTENDED
NUMBER HELD
ATTENDED
13
13
11
9
6
0
2
2
13
13
11
9
6
0
2
2
2
2
1
1
0
0
1
1
2
2
1
1
0
0
1
1
3
4
3
1
1
0
1
1
3
4
3
1
1
0
1
1
DIRECTORS
P. Cumins
R. Webb
L. Given
S. Grimshaw
K. Dundo
D. Carter
W. Love
J.	Beal
Committee membership
As	at	the	date	of	this	report,	the	company	had	an	audit	committee,	a	remuneration	committee	and	a	nomination	committee	of	the	board	
of	directors.
Members	acting	on	the	committees	of	the	board	during	the	year	were:
AUDIT AND RISK#
REMUNERATION#
NOMINATION
K.	Dundo	(c)	–	appointed	28	April	2015
K.	Dundo	(c)	–	appointed	18	June	2015
R.	Webb	(c)
R. Webb
J.	Beal*
W. Love*
Notes:
R. Webb
J.	Beal*
W. Love*
K.	Dundo	–	appointed	20	February	15
L.	Given	–	appointed	22	August	14
S.	Grimshaw	–	appointed	1	November	14
P. Cumins
J.	Beal*
W. Love*
#	S.	Grimshaw	and	L.	Given	are	not	committee	members	but	are	invited	to	attend	as	observers
* resigned during the year
(c)		Designates	the	chairman	of	committee
I N D E M N I F I C AT I O N  A N D   I N S U R A N C E   O F   D I R E C T O R S  A N D   O F F I C E R S
During	the	financial	year,	the	company	paid	a	premium	in	respect	of	a	contract	insuring	the	directors	of	the	company	(as	named	above),	the	
company	secretary,	Ralph	Groom,	and	all	executive	officers	of	the	company	and	of	any	related	body	corporate	against	a	liability	incurred	
as	such	a	director,	secretary	or	executive	officer	to	the	extent	permitted	by	the	Corporations	Act	2001.	The	contract	of	insurance	prohibits	
disclosure	of	the	nature	of	the	liability	and	the	amount	of	the	premium.
The	Company	has	not	otherwise,	during	or	since	the	end	of	the	financial	year,	except	to	the	extent	permitted	by	law,	indemnified	or	agreed	
to	indemnify	an	officer	or	auditor	of	the	company	or	of	any	related	body	corporate	against	a	liability	incurred	as	such	an	officer	or	auditor.
89.
annual report 2015   
 
 
 
 
 
 
S H A R E   O P T I O N S 
The	2015	financial	year	saw	the	vesting	of	Tranche	5	and	7	of	the	senior	executives	(excluding	the	managing	director)	of	performance	
rights	 granted	 under	 the	 executive	 performance	 rights	 plan	 (approved	 by	 shareholders	 on	 30	 November	 2010).	 On	 vesting,	 each	 of	
376,002	performance	rights	in	the	tranches	equated	to	one	ordinary	share. 	
During	 the	 year	 additional	 options	 were	 granted	 under	 the	 plan	 to	 senior	 executives.	 A	 total	 of	 622,500	 options	 were	 granted	 in	 three	
tranches.	This	brings	the	total	number	of	performance	rights	still	outstanding	as	at	30	June	2015	to	8,997,497	(2014:	8,807,665).	Refer	to	
the	remuneration	report	for	further	details	of	the	performance	rights	outstanding.
S H A R E S   U N D E R   O P T I O N   O R   I S S U E D   O N   E X E R C I S E   O F   O P T I O N S
Details	of	unissued	shares	or	interests	under	option	as	at	the	date	of	this	report	are:
NUMBER OF SHARES  
UNDER OPTION /  
EXPIRY DATE OF  
OPTIONS/  
ISSUING ENTITY
PERFORMANCE RIGHT
CLASS OF SHARE
EXERCISE PRICE
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS
Cash Converters International Ltd
Cash Converters International Ltd
Cash Converters International Ltd
Cash Converters International Ltd
Cash Converters International Ltd
583,500
406,499
1,800,000
6,000,000
207,498
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
15 September 2015
15 September 2016
15 September 2016
14 October 2016
15 September 2017
The	 performance	 rights	 noted	 above	 are	 in	 substance	 share	 options	 with	 an	 exercise	 price	 of	 $nil,	 which	 vest	 and	 are	 immediately	
exercised	into	ordinary	shares	once	certain	performance	/	vesting	conditions	are	met.
The	 holders	 of	 these	 performance	 rights	 do	 not	 have	 the	 right,	 by	 virtue	 of	 the	 performance	 right,	 to	 participate	 in	 any	 share	 issue	 or	
interest	issue	of	the	Company	or	of	any	other	body	corporate.
Shares	issued	as	a	result	of	the	exercise	of	share	options	or	performance	rights	during	or	since	the	end	of	the	financial	year	are:
NUMBER OF SHARES  
UNDER OPTION /  
ISSUING ENTITY
PERFORMANCE RIGHT
CLASS OF SHARE
EXERCISE PRICE
EXERCISE DATE
Cash Converters International Ltd
Cash Converters International Ltd
177,001
199,001
Ordinary
Ordinary
Nil
Nil
10 September 2014
10 September 2014
90.
cash converters international C A S H   C O N V E R T E R S   I N T E R N AT I O N A L   L I M I T E D   R E M U N E R AT I O N   R E P O R T   ( A U D I T E D )
C O N T E N T S
1 
2 
3 
Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
Persons Covered by this Report 
Context of and Changes to KMP Remuneration 
3.1	 Context	of	FY15	Remuneration	Policies	and	Practices	
3.2	 Remuneration	Matters	Identified	and	Changes	Made	During	FY15	
4 
Overview of Cash Converters International’s Remuneration Governance Framework & Strategy 
4.1  Remuneration Committee Charter 
4.2  Securities Trading Policy 
4.3  Executive Remuneration Consultant Engagement Policy 
4.4  Executive Remuneration Policy 
4.5  Non-executive Director Remuneration Policy 
4.6	 Short	Term	Incentive	(STI)	Policy	
4.7	 Long	Term	Incentive	(LTI)	Policy	
4.8	 Variable	Executive	Remuneration	–	Short	Term	Incentive	(STI)	
4.9	 Variable	Executive	Remuneration	–	Long	Term	Incentive	(LTI)	–	Rights	Plan	(IRP)	
4.10  Securities Holding Policy 
4.11  Clawback Policy 
5 
Performance and Reward Outcomes for FY15 
5.1	 Company	Performance	
5.2	 Links	Between	Performance	and	Reward	
5.3	 Incentive	Outcomes	for	FY15	
5.4  Links Between Company Strategy and Remuneration 
6 
Remuneration Records for FY15 – Statutory Disclosures 
6.1	 Remuneration	of	Directors	and	Senior	Management	
6.2  Share-Based Payment Plan 
7 
Employment Terms for Key Management Personnel 
7.1  Service Agreements 
Changes in KMP Held Equity 
Other Remuneration Related Matters 
8 
9 
10  External Remuneration Consultant Advice 
92
93
94
94
94
95
96
96
96
96
97
98
98
98
99
101
101
101
101
101
102
103
104
104
106
109
109
110
111
112
91.
annual report 2015   
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
 
 
1 . 
L E T T E R   F R O M   T H E   C H A I R   O F   T H E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   C O M M I T T E E 
Dear Shareholder,
The	Remuneration	Committee	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	has	responded	to	shareholder	feedback	received	following	the	
release	of	the	FY14	Annual	Report	and	at	the	subsequent	AGM	(at	which	a	strike	was	received),	by	appointing	an	independent	external	
remuneration consultant to help navigate the internal and external aspects relevant to the Committee’s considerations.  The consultants 
provided advice and recommendations and the Board has considered such and determined changes to remuneration governance and 
practice	where	appropriate.		The	main	issues	and	responses	identified	are	outlined	in	the	following	report.		It	was	clear	that	a	significant	
aspect	of	shareholders’	concerns	was	to	do	with	the	design	of	incentives,	particularly	the	linkage	of	shareholder	value	creation	to	the	long	
term	incentive	(LTI)	program.
As	 part	 of	 the	 response	 to	 the	 feedback	 to	 the	 FY14	 Remuneration	 Report,	 the	 Remuneration	 Committee	 undertook	 a	 review	 of	 the	
entire	 KMP	 remuneration	 governance	 framework,	 including	 incentives,	 disclosure,	 policies	 and	 procedures	 and	 benchmarking.	 	 These	
are	 addressed	 in	 further	 detail	 below.	 There	 have	 been	 significant	 improvements	 made	 to	 the	 Company’s	 remuneration	 governance	
framework,	including	the	introduction	of	a	number	of	clearly	defined	and	documented	policies	and	procedures. 		
A	new	LTI	plan	has	been	designed	with	best-practice	in	mind	and	will	create	a	strong	link	between	long	term	value	creation	for	shareholders	
and	executive	reward.		However,	shareholders	are	asked	to	be	aware	that	previous	grants	of	LTI’s,	as	already	approved	by	shareholders	
in	2010,	cannot	be	reversed	and	will	have	to	run	their	course.		Therefore	the	Board	asks	shareholders	to	vote	on	the	Remuneration	Report	
in	the	context	of	the	practices	that	will	prevail	going	forward,	rather	than	those	that	prevailed	during	the	reporting	period,	or	which	applied	
prior to the reporting period and which will continue to be reported on until they expire.
The	 Board	 recognises	 that	 FY15	 has	 been	 a	 challenging	 one	 for	 the	 Company	 and	 for	 shareholders	 and	 asks	 that	 shareholders	 cast	
their	vote	on	the	Remuneration	Report	as	a	reflection	of	the	new	remuneration	structures	that	reflect	our	response	to	the	feedback	and	
concerns	of	shareholders.	
Yours	faithfully,
Kevin Dundo, 
Chair	of	the	Remuneration	Committee
92.
cash converters international 2 .  P E R S O N S   C O V E R E D   B Y   T H I S   R E P O R T
This	report	covers	remuneration	arrangements	and	outcomes	for	the	key	management	personnel	(KMP)	of	Cash	Converters	International 	
Limited	 (Company)	 being	 those	 with	 the	 authority	 to	 direct,	 influence	 and	 control	 the	 activities	 of	 the	 Company.	 	 On	 that	 basis,	 the	
following	roles/individuals	are	addressed	in	this	report:
Non-executive Directors
•	 Mr	Stuart	Grimshaw,	non-executive	director	since	1	November	2014,
•	
•	
Board	Chairman	since	1	September	2015,
Nomination	Committee	member,
•	 Mr	Reginald	Webb,	Independent	non-executive	director	since	October	1997,
•	
•	
•	
•	
Board	Chairman	until	31	August	2015,
Audit	and	Risk	Committee	member,
Remuneration	Committee	member,
Nomination	Committee	member,
•	 Mr	Lachlan	Given,	non-executive	director	since	22	August	2014,
•	
Nomination	Committee	member,
•	 Mr	Kevin	Dundo,	Independent	non-executive	director	since	20	February	2015.
•	
•	
•	
Chairman	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	since	28	April	2015,
Chairman	Remuneration	Committee	since	18	June	2015,
Nomination	Committee	member,
During	the	period	the	following	persons	ceased	to	be	non-executive	directors	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited:
•	 Mr	William	Love,	non-executive	director	resigned	August	2014,
•	 Mr	Joseph	Beal,	non-executive	director	resigned	August	2014,
•	 Mr	David	Carter,	Independent	non-executive	director,	appointed	1	December	2014,	deceased	26	January	2015.
Senior Executives
•	 Mr	Peter	Cumins,	Managing	Director	since	April	1995,
•	 Mr	Ralph	Groom,	Chief	Financial	Officer/Company	Secretary,
•	 Mr	Ian	Day,	General	Manager,	Australia,	retired	31	August	2015,
•	 Mr	Glen	Fee,	Chief	Information	Officer,
•	 Mr	Martyn	Jenkins,	General	Manager	UK,	appointed	13	April	2015,
•	 Mr	Michael	Cooke,	Group	Legal	Counsel,
During	the	period	the	following	persons	ceased	to	be	executive	KMP	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited:
•	 Mr	Mike	Osborne,	Chief	Financial	Officer/Company	Secretary,	UK	-	resigned	July	2014,
•	 Mr	David	Patrick,	Chief	Executive	Officer,	UK	-	resigned	March	2015.
93.
annual report 2015  	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
3 .  C O N T E X T   O F  A N D   C H A N G E S   T O   K M P   R E M U N E R AT I O N
3 . 1   C O N T E X T   O F   F Y 1 5   R E M U N E R AT I O N   P O L I C I E S  A N D   P R A C T I C E S
The	KMP	remuneration	structures	that	appear	in	this	report	are	largely	those	that	prevailed	over	FY15,	as	is	required	by	law.		These	
structures	were	implemented	as	part	of	a	decision	making	process	undertaken	during	prior	years,	such	that	these	decisions	and	
changes	took	effect	from	1	July	2014	and	prevailed	over	the	FY15	reporting	period.
The	circumstances	that	determined	appropriate	remuneration	arrangements	being	reported	on	were	therefore	those	that	prevailed	
approximately 18 months prior to this document.  
In	respect	to	the	Managing	Director,	shareholders	approved	the	establishment	of	an	executive	performance	rights	plan	(“EPRP”)	at	
a general meeting held on 30 November 2010 and at the same time, the shareholders passed a resolution authorising and directing 
the	Board	to	issue	to	the	Managing	Director,	Mr	Peter	Cumins,	10,000,000	performance	rights	in	two	tranches	over	a	6	year	period.	
The	final	tranche	of	6,000,000	performing	rights,	subject	to	meeting	the	vesting	conditions	attaching	to	those	rights	as	set	out	in	the	
EPRP,	will	vest	on	30	June	2016. 	
Following	 receipt	 of	 feedback	 from	 shareholders,	 the	 Board	 has	 undertaken	 a	 review	 of	 the	 remuneration	 policies	 and	 practices.				
Changes	are	commented	on	in	this	report	to	assist	in	outlining	the	Company’s	shift	towards	market	based	best	practices,	despite	
the	fact	that	the	new	practices	may	not	apply	until	the	FY16	period.
The	following	provides	important	context	for	the	decisions	that	were	made	during	FY14	to	determine	remuneration	for	FY15,	as	well	
as	relevant	context	that	emerged	during	FY15:
•	
•	
•	
Market	capitalisation	is	one	of	the	factors	that	influences	the	appropriateness	of	remuneration;	it	is	an	indication	of	the	size	and	
status	of	the	Company	and	the	field	in	which	the	Company	is	competing	for	talent,	as	well	as	being	a	primary	consideration	
of	many	shareholders	when	they	assess	the	appropriateness	of	remuneration	practices.		While	the	market	capitalisation	of	the	
Company	at	the	time	of	the	benchmarking	was	higher	than	it	is	as	at	the	writing	of	this	report,	it	is	not	so	significantly	different	
that	the	remuneration	outcomes	determined	as	part	of	the	benchmarking	processes	are	no	longer	appropriate.	This	is	partly	
because	the	ASX	market	overall	is	lower	than	it	was	when	remuneration	decisions	were	made	for	FY15,	towards	the	end	of	
FY14,
The	Board	sought	and	received	feedback	from	shareholders	and	independent	consultants	views	on	their	KMP	remuneration	
governance	and	practices,	noted	both	in	the	letter	from	the	Chair	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	above,	and	in	more	detail	
below,
While	the	share	price	has	experienced	volatility	over	the	FY15	period,	the	Company	has	achieved	some	significant	strategic	
and development objectives;
•	 Revenue	growth	of	13.0%	to	$374.9	million,
•	 Normalised	Australian	divisional	EBITDA	of	$71.3	million	-	up	26.4%,
•	 Normalised	Australian	personal	loan	division	EBITDA	of	$54.3	million	-	up	40.3%,
•	 Online	personal	loan	growth	in	Australia	was	up	53.2%	to	$74.6	million	of	loans	written,
•	 Online	cash	advance	loan	growth	in	Australia	was	up	57.7%	to	$11.2	million	of	loans	written;
•	 The	Australian	cash	advance	product	produced	an	EBITDA	result	of	$11.5	million	-	up	19.8%,
•	 The	Australian	corporate	store	network	EBITDA	was	$18.8	million	-	up	14.6%. 	
3 . 2   R E M U N E R AT I O N   M AT T E R S   I D E N T I F I E D  A N D   C H A N G E S   M A D E   D U R I N G   F Y 1 5
The	company	received	feedback	from	a	number	of	sources	following	the	FY14	Annual	Report	publication	and	2014	AGM,	at	which	
a	strike	was	received.		The	key	matters	identified	were	as	follows:
•	
Disclosure	of	incentive	design	and	targets	was	unclear.
•	
The	Company	has	sought	to	significantly	improve	its	disclosure	of	incentive	design	features,	as	may	be	observed	below,
•	
Improvements	to	link	Company	performance	and	incentive	payments.
•	
The	Company	has	reviewed	the	design	of	short	and	long	term	incentives	and	introduced	new	plans	(addressed	in	detail	
in	the	relevant	sections	of	this	report),
94.
cash converters international  
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
•	
The	STI	plan	has	been	replaced	for	FY16	and	Company	EBITDA	will	be	the	primary	focus	(highest	weighted	KPI),	
and	will	therefore	link	more	strongly	with	external	assessments	of	Company	performance	(refer	to	point	4.8	below),
•	
•	
A	gate	has	been	added	to	the	STI	plan	such	that	no	STI	will	be	payable	when	Company	performance	has	been	
unacceptable	(less	than	90%	of	budgeted	EBITDA),
Binary	 measures	 (either	 achieved	 or	 not	 achieved)	 have	 been	 replaced	 with	 performance	 scales	 where	
possible and appropriate,
•	
Future	grants	of	LTI	will	have	three	year	measurement	periods	and	will	vest	based	on	the	assessment	of	performance	
relative	to	a	scale	of	outcomes	(rather	than	being	binary,	as	in	the	past)(refer	to	point	4.9	below),	using
•	
•	
An	external	measure	of	Company	performance,	and
An	internal	measure	of	Company	performance	that	is	expected	to	link	strongly	with	long	term	value	creation	
for	shareholders,
•	
The	Board	determined	that	it	was	an	appropriate	time	to	benchmark	the	Company’s	KMP	remuneration	practices	against	the	
market to determine the extent to which Company practices and market practices were aligned,
•	
The	Board	approved	and	appointed	an	external	remuneration	consultant	to	independently	benchmark	the	remuneration	
of	the	Senior	Executives	and	to	give	advice	on	recommended	remuneration	quantum	and	structure,
•	
•	
It	 was	 found	 that	 with	 the	 exception	 of	 the	 CEO,	 the	 remuneration	 of	 other	 disclosed	 KMP	 fell	 within	 the	 policy	
range	of	market	practice	for	Base	Packages	(see	point	4.4	below),	
•	
In	the	case	of	the	CEO,	the	remuneration	was	observed	to	fall	at	the	high	end	of	the	market	and	the	Board	
determined	not	to	provide	a	further	increase	to	the	Base	Package	in	FY16.
It	appeared	that	target	incentive	opportunities	fell	within	the	observable	relevant	range	of	market	practice,	however	
at	the	high	end	for	several	incumbents,	and	therefore	no	increases	will	be	made	to	target	incentive	levels	until	such	
time	as	the	market	data	indicates	it	is	necessary	to	do	so	for	these	individuals.		New	appointments	will	generally	be	
offered	market-based	levels	of	incentives.
•	
•	
Whilst	 adjustments	 to	 executive	 remuneration	 were	 made	 early	 in	 FY15	 based	 on	 the	 decisions	 made	 in	 FY14,	 these	 were	
mainly	to	maintain	the	value	of	the	packages	offered	in	FY14	and	to	ensure	appropriate	relativities	between	roles,	particularly	
those	roles	for	which	the	scope	and	complexity	of	responsibilities	was	changing.		Some	increases	were	given	to	recognise	the	
development	of	incumbents	that	were	exceeding	expectations	over	a	sustained	period.		Having	subsequently	compared	the	
packages	to	the	market,	the	Board	has	an	improved	perspective	on	the	arrangements	that	should	apply	in	FY16.
The	 Board	 determined	 that	 incentive	 opportunities,	 to	 apply	 from	 1	 July	 2015,	 would	 be	 reduced	 for	 those	 incumbents	 for	
whom	previous	opportunities	were	out	of	alignment	with	the	new	remuneration	policy	(see	below).		The	mix	of	incentives	was	
also adjusted to better align with market practices and shareholder expectations.
4 .  O V E R V I E W   O F   C A S H   C O N V E R T E R S  
I N T E R N AT I O N A L’ S   R E M U N E R AT I O N   G O V E R N A N C E 
F R A M E W O R K   &   S T R AT E G Y  
The	Company	seeks	input	regarding	the	governance	of	KMP	remuneration	from	a	wide	range	of	sources,	including:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Remuneration	Committee	Members,
External	remuneration	consultants	(ERCs),
Proxy	advisors,
Shareholders,
Other	experts	and	professionals	such	as	tax	advisors	and	lawyers,	and
Company	management	to	understand	roles	and	issues	facing	the	Company.
The	following	outlines	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	remuneration	governance	framework	and	summarises	the	related	policies,	
plans	and	other	documents	that	constitute	that	framework.
95.
annual report 2015   
4 . 1   R E M U N E R AT I O N   C O M M I T T E E   C H A R T E R
The	role	and	responsibilities	of	the	Committee	are	outlined	in	the	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	Remuneration	Committee	
Charter	 (the	 Charter),	 available	 on	 the	 Company	 website.	 The	 role	 of	 the	 Remuneration	 Committee	 is	 to	 ensure	 that	 appropriate	
remuneration	policies	are	in	place	which	are	designed	to	meet	the	needs	of	the	Company	and	to	enhance	corporate	and	individual	
performance,	 ensure	 alignment	 of	 interests	 between	 management	 and	 shareholders	 and	 ensure	 the	 reward	 system	 attracts	 and	
retains	executives	for	key	roles.	That	is,	the	development,	maintenance	and	application	of	the	Remuneration	Governance	Framework	
for	the	purposes	of	making	recommendations	to	the	Board	regarding	KMP	remuneration	matters,	as	well	as	advising	the	Board	on	
procedures	that	must	be	undertaken	in	relation	to	the	governance	of	remuneration	(such	as	the	calculation	of	grants	of	incentives,	
review	of	performance	conditions	and	receipt	of	independent	advice.). 	
Under the Charter, the Remuneration Committee is to be constituted by at least two members, who must be non-executive directors. 
If	there	are	three	non-executive	directors	then	the	committee	will	be	formed	by	three	non-executive	directors.	In	all	circumstances	
the	majority	of	members	must	be	independent	directors,	unless	this	is	not	possible	due	to	the	composition	of	the	Board	at	the	time.
4 . 2   S E C U R I T I E S   T R A D I N G   P O L I C Y
The	Securities	Trading	Policy	of	the	Company	is	available	on	the	Company	website.		It	contains	the	standard	references	to	insider	
trading  restrictions  that  are  a  legal  requirement  under  the  Corporations  Act,  which  apply  to  all  persons  at  all  times,  as  well  as 
conditions associated with good corporate governance.  The latter part applies to directors and “Senior Executives” (CEO, direct 
reports	to	the	CEO	and	others	nominated	by	the	Board).		The	policy	specifies	“Trading	Windows”	during	which	such	individuals	may	
trade	in	the	securities	of	the	Company	only	if	they	are	not	in	possession	of	insider	information	as	defined	in	the	Act.		The	trading	
windows	are	the	six	week	periods	following	the	24	hours	after:
•	
•	
•	
•	
release	by	the	Company	of	its	half	yearly	results	announcement	to	the	ASX	Limited	(ASX);
release	by	the	Company	of	its	yearly	results	announcement	to	ASX;
release	of	a	disclosure	document	offering	equity	Securities	in	the	Company;	or
another	date	as	declared	by	the	Board	in	the	circumstances	that	the	Board	is	of	the	view	that	the	market	can	reasonably	be	
expected	to	be	fully	informed	on	that	date.
The	policy	allows	for	trading	outside	the	windows	by	application	only	in	special	circumstances	such	as	financial	hardship.		The	policy	
also	restricts	directors	and	Senior	Executives	from	short-term	trading	or	trading	when	it	may	bring	the	Company	into	disrepute.		It	
also prohibits hedging at any time in relation to equity based remuneration, as well as short term trading at any time.  
4 . 3   E X E C U T I V E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   C O N S U LTA N T   E N G A G E M E N T   P O L I C Y
The	 Company	 has	 adopted	 an	 executive	 remuneration	 consultant	 (ERC)	 engagement	 policy	 which	 is	 intended	 to	 manage	 the	
interactions between the Company and ERCs, so as to ensure their independence and that the Remuneration Committee will have 
clarity	 regarding	 the	 extent	 of	 any	 interactions	 between	 management	 and	 the	 ERC.	 	 This	 policy	 enables	 the	 Board	 to	 state	 with	
confidence	whether	the	advice	received	has	been	independent	and	why	that	view	is	held.		The	Policy	states	that	ERCs	are	to	be	
approved	and	engaged	by	the	Board	before	any	advice	is	received	and	that	such	advice	may	only	be	provided	to	a	non-executive	
director.  Any interactions between management and the ERC must be approved and overseen by the Remuneration Committee, 
such	as	in	the	case	of	the	collection	of	factual	internal	records	(e.g.	superannuation	paid	or	allowances	and	benefits.). 		
4 . 4   E X E C U T I V E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   P O L I C Y
The	following	outlines	the	policy	that	applies	to	executive	KMP	(and	does	not	apply	to	non-executive	directors):
•	
Remuneration	should	be	composed	of:
•	
•	
•	
•	
Base	Package	(inclusive	of	superannuation,	allowances,	benefits	and	any	applicable	fringe	benefits	tax	(FBT)	as	well	as	
any	salary	sacrifice	arrangements),
Short	term	incentive	(STI)	which	provides	a	reward	for	performance	against	annual	objectives,	and
Long	 term	 incentive	 (LTI)	 which	 provides	 an	 equity-based	 reward	 for	 performance	 against	 indicators	 of	 shareholder	
benefit	or	value	creation,	over	a	three	year	period,	and
In	total	the	sum	of	the	elements	will	constitute	a	total	remuneration	package	(TRP).
Both	internal	relativities	and	external	market	factors	should	be	considered,
That	total	remuneration	packages	(TRPs,	which	include	base	package	and	incentives)	should	be	structured	with	reference	to	
market	practices	and	the	circumstances	of	the	Company	at	the	time,
That	the	Base	Package	policy	mid-points	should	be	set	with	reference	to	P50	(the	median	or	the	middle)	of	the	relevant	market	
practice,
•	
•	
•	
96.
cash converters international  
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
 
	
•	
•	
•	
•	
That	TRPs	at	Target	(being	the	Base	Package	plus	incentive	awards	intended	to	be	paid	for	targeted	levels	of	performance)	
should	be	set	with	reference	to	P75	(the	upper	quartile,	the	point	at	which	75%	of	the	sample	lies	below)	of	the	relevant	market	
practice so as to create a strong incentive to achieve targeted objectives in both the short and long term,
•	
The	 Board	 believes	 that	 Senior	 Executives	 (other	 than	 the	 CEO)	 should	 receive	 a	 similar	 mix	 of	 remuneration	 (Base	
Package	relative	to	STI	and	LTI)	to	ensure	that	there	are	similar	interests	in	and	focus	upon	group	objectives	and	therefore	
TRP’s	may	depart	from	role	specific	P75	market	benchmarks	to	a	minor	extent	to	ensure	this	outcome,
Remuneration	will	be	managed	within	a	range	so	as	to	allow	for	the	recognition	of	individual	differences	such	as	the	calibre	of	
the	incumbent	and	the	competency	with	which	they	fulfil	a	role	(a	range	of	+/-	20%	is	specified	in	line	with	common	market	
practices),
Exceptions	will	be	managed	separately	such	as	when	particular	talent	needs	to	be	retained	or	there	are	individuals	with	unique	
expertise	that	need	to	be	acquired	(“Red	circle”	exceptions),
Termination	benefits	will	generally	be	limited	to	the	default	amount	allowed	for	under	the	Corporations	Act	(without	shareholder	
approval).
It	should	be	noted	that	it	will	take	some	time	for	Cash	Converters	International	Limited	practices	to	be	fully	migrated	into	alignment 	
with	the	Remuneration	Policy	as	some	previous	practices	have	recently	been	identified	as	out	of	alignment	with	this	policy	as	noted	
above	and	changes	need	to	be	made	carefully	so	as	to	ensure	the	Company	retains	key	talent.		However	Base	Packages	currently	
fall	within	the	policy	range	outlined,	based	on	benchmarking	undertaken	during	the	reporting	period.
4 . 5   N O N - E X E C U T I V E   D I R E C T O R   R E M U N E R AT I O N   P O L I C Y
The	 Non-executive	 Director	 Remuneration	 Policy	 applies	 to	 non-executive	 directors	 (NEDs)	 of	 the	 Company	 in	 their	 capacity	 as	
directors	and	as	members	of	committees,	and	may	be	summarised	as	follows:
•	
Remuneration	may	be	composed	of:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Board	fees,
Committee	fees,
Superannuation,
Other	benefits	(if	appropriate),	and
Equity	(if	appropriate	at	the	time,	currently	not	applicable).
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
Remuneration	will	be	managed	within	the	aggregate	fee	limit	(AFL)	or	fee	pool	approved	by	shareholders	of	the	Company	–	
currently	$490,000	in	accordance	with	shareholder	approval	on	30	November	2010.	Approval	will	be	sought	from	shareholders	
to	increase	this	fee	limit	to	$800,000	at	the	2015	annual	general	meeting.	The	increase	in	the	fee	limit	is	to	set	an	amount	for	the	
longer term and to accommodate the Company’s intention to appoint up to 2 additional independent non-executive directors 
so	that	the	Board	of	Directors	is	comprised	of	a	majority	of	independent	directors.	Also,	the	fees	payable	to	Directors,	as	set	
out	in	the	Schedule	below,	are	inclusive	of	the	statutory	superannuation	contributions	by	the	Company.	It	should	be	noted	that	
there	will	be	no	increase	in	the	non-executive	Directors’	fees	payable	to	each	Director	for	FY16,
Termination	benefits	will	not	be	paid	to	NEDs	by	the	Company,
A	policy	level	of	Board	Fees	(being	the	fees	paid	for	membership	of	the	Board,	inclusive	of	superannuation	and	exclusive	of	
committee	fees)	will	be	set	with	reference	to	the	P50	(median	or	middle)	of	the	market	of	comparable	ASX	listed	companies,
Committee	fees	may	be	used	to	recognise	additional	contributions	to	the	work	of	the	Board	by	members	of	committees	and	
the	inclusion	of	these	should	result	in	outcomes	that,	when	combined	with	Board	Fees,	should	cluster	around	the	P50	of	the	
market	of	comparable	ASX	listed	companies,
•	
In	relation	to	the	Board	Chair,	a	higher	positioning	in	the	market,	such	as	P75,	is	appropriate	for	the	Company,
Any	NED	remuneration	package	that	contains	equity	shall	be	set	with	reference	to	P75	of	the	comparable	ASX	listed	company	
market, with equity representing the gap between P50 orientation and P75 orientation based on relevant market data.  This 
creates consistency between the NED remuneration policy and the remuneration policy applicable to Senior Executives,
•	
Equity	was	not	a	component	of	NED	remuneration	during	FY15	and	will	not	apply	for	FY16.
97.
annual report 2015  	
 
	
 
During	the	FY15	reporting	period	the	following	fees	were	applicable:
Function
Main Board
Audit & Risk Committee
Remuneration Committee
Role
Chair
Member
Chair
Member
Chair
Member
Fee Including Super
$170,000
$95,000
$15,000
$0
$15,000
$0
It	has	been	determined	that	for	the	FY16	period	the	same	fees	will	apply.
4 . 6   S H O R T   T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   ( S T I )   P O L I C Y
The	short	term	incentive	policy	of	the	Company,	for	the	FY16	and	beyond,	is	that	an	annual	component	of	executive	remuneration	
should	be	at-risk	and	allow	the	Company	to	modulate	the	cost	of	employment	to	align	with	individual	and	Company	performance	
while	motivating	value	creation	for	shareholders:
•	
•	
•	
•	
The	STI	should	be	paid	in	cash, 	
The	STI	should	have	a	weighting	in	the	remuneration	mix	that	is	no	greater	than	the	LTI	to	ensure	that	executives	are	focussed	
on long term value creation,
STI	 deferral	 should	 not	 apply	 since	 the	 weighting	 of	 STI	 in	 the	 remuneration	 mix	 is	 sufficiently	 low	 as	 to	 make	 STI	 deferral	
unnecessary	and	short-term	risk	taking	is	managed	by	overlapping	annual	grants	of	LTI.
KPI’s	 selected	 should	 address	 the	 main	 drivers	 of	 value	 creation	 at	 the	 Group,	 business	 unit	 or	 individual	 level,	 as	 may	 be	
appropriate	to	the	role,	with	weightings	that	reflect	the	importance	of	each	outcome.	It	is	generally	expected	that	the	majority	
of	the	STI	(highest	weighting)	will	be	linked	to	Group	profitability,	since	this	is	the	main	annual	outcome	that	shareholders	focus	
on	and	for	which	senior	executives	are	accountable.
4 . 7   L O N G   T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   ( LT I )   P O L I C Y
The	long	term	incentive	policy	of	the	Company,	for	the	FY16	and	beyond,	is	that	an	annual	component	of	remuneration	of	executives	
should be at-risk and based on equity in the Company to ensure that executives hold a stake in the Company to align their interests 
with	those	of	shareholders	and	share	risk	with	shareholders:
•	
•	
•	
The	LTI	should	be	based	on	Performance	Rights	that	vest	based	on	an	assessment	of	performance	against	objectives,
The	measurement	period	should	be	three	years,
There	should	be	two	measures	of	long	term	performance,	one	which	best	reflects	internal	measures	of	performance	and	one	
which	best	reflects	external	measures	of	performance:
•	
•	
The	measure	that	has	strongest	alignment	with	shareholders	is	TSR,	however	it	is	now	recognised	that	absolute	TSR	is	
influenced	by	overall	economic	movements.		Therefore	future	grants	of	LTI	will	be	offered	to	executives	that	vest	based	on	
indexed	TSR	(iTSR)	which	removes	market	movements	irrelevant	to	the	performance	of	the	Company	from	assessments	
of	the	Company’s	TSR	performance	and	avoids	windfall	gains	from	changes	in	broad	market	movements	in	share	prices.		
More	information	on	iTSR	and	its	reasons	for	use	is	given	below,
The	 internal	 measure	 of	 performance	 that	 is	 understood	 to	 be	 well	 accepted	 by	 stakeholders	 and	 which	 the	 Board	
encourages	management	to	focus	on,	is	earnings	per	share	(EPS),	which	will	be	assessed	on	a	growth	rate	basis	against	
a	 vesting	 scale.	 Earnings	 per	 share	 links	 to	 the	 Company’s	 ability	 to	 satisfy	 its	 dividend	 policy	 and	 is	 therefore	 highly	
relevant.
4 . 8   VA R I A B L E   E X E C U T I V E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   –   S H O R T   T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   ( S T I )
The  Company  has  replaced  its  STI  plan  with  one  that  it  believes  is  better  aligned  with  market  best  practices.    The  new  plan  is 
effective	1	July	2015.		The	new	STI	plan	has	the	following	features:
•	
•	
•	
98.
Cash	based	(no	deferral	due	to	the	mix	of	STI	and	LTI	being	appropriately	weighted,	with	overlapping	measurement	periods	
that	mitigate	the	risk	of	short	termism),
Performance	period	aligned	with	the	financial	year	(12	months),
Majority	weighting	(60%)	on	a	Normalised	EBITDA	KPI	with	a	target	of	110%	of	budget,	a	threshold	of	95%	of	budget	and	a	
stretch	of	140%	of	budget,
cash converters international 	
	
 
 
	
 
	
 
 
•	
The	remainder	of	the	STI	is	weighted	across:
•	
•	
•	
Minor	weighting	(10%	to	20%)	on	strategic	objective	achievements	(milestones	that	contribute	to	the	delivery	of	3	year	
plans)	where	appropriate	to	the	individual,
Business	unit	budget	delivery	for	individuals	with	responsibility	for	business	units	(10%	to	20%),	and
No	more	than	10%	weighting	on	individual	performance	assessment	as	determined	by	the	Board	in	the	case	of	the	CEO	
and	by	the	CEO	in	conjunction	with	the	Board	in	the	case	of	other	Senior	Executives,
Weightings	are	adjusted	as	appropriate	to	the	scope	and	responsibilities	of	each	Senior	Executive	role,
A	gate	of	90%	of	budget	normalised	EBITDA	applies	such	that	no	STI	will	be	payable	in	relation	to	any	measure	if	this	condition	
is not exceeded,
Target	STI	opportunities	for	FY16	are	as	follows:
•	
•	
MD/CEO	–	50%	of	Base	Package,	and
Other	Senior	Executives	–	30%	of	Base	Package.
•	
•	
•	
The	STI	plan	that	was	in	place	during	the	FY15	period	is	described	in	the	section	below	addressing	incentive	outcomes.		It	was	a	
target	based	plan	with	largely	binary	business	objectives	(either	achieved	or	not	achieved)	assessed	by	the	Board	at	the	end	of	the	
measurement	period,	with	the	majority	weighting	on	the	delivery	of	budgets	agreed	with	the	Board	at	the	beginning	of	the	period.		
The	incentive	opportunities	under	the	previous	STI	plan	were	normalised	EBITDA	against	budget	with	the	following	outcomes: 	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
nil	for	an	outcome	under	95%	of	budget, 	
25%	of	base	package	for	95%	to	105%	of	budget	-	Threshold, 	
50%	of	base	package	for	105.1%	to	110%	of	budget	–	Target,	and
75%	of	base	package	for	over	110%	of	budget	-	Stretch. 	
The	plan	had	a	gate	of	95%	of	budget,	which	if	not	achieved	resulted	in	no	STI	being	payable	in	relation	to	any	measure.
Due	to	the	changes	to	be	implemented	in	FY	16	the	amount	of	STI	that	most	participants	can	reasonably	expect	has	been	reduced	
for	FY16	compared	to	FY15,	so	as	to	better	align	with	market	practices	and	to	ensure	an	appropriate	focus	on	long	term	objectives.
4 . 9   VA R I A B L E   E X E C U T I V E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   –   L O N G   T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   ( LT I )   –   R I G H T S   P L A N   ( I R P )
The Company has replaced its LTI plan with one that it believes is better aligned with market best practices.  The new plan will be 
effective	from	1	July	2015	(the	start	of	the	measurement	 period)	 if	 approved	 by	 shareholders	 at	 the	 upcoming	AGM.		 Due	to	the	
significant	improvements	in	the	LTI	arrangements,	particularly	in	aligning	rewards	with	well-regarded	measures	of	performance	and	
shareholder	value	creation,	it	is	hoped	that	shareholders	will	support	the	change.		The	LTI	plan	that	is	intended	to	apply	for	FY16	may	
be	summarised	as	follows:
•	
•	
•	
•	
The	financial	instrument	is	indeterminate	performance	rights,	which	is	a	right	to	the	value	of	a	share	to	be	paid	either	in	cash	
or	Company	shares	(	at	the	sole	discretion	of	the	Board;	necessary	to	address	termination	benefits	for	good-leavers,	however	
it	would	generally	be	expected	that	vested	Rights	would	be	satisfied	in	the	form	of	Company	shares),
The	measurement	period	is	to	be	not	less	than	three	years	in	respect	of	Performance	Rights	granted	under	the	plan,
Retesting	will	not	apply,
The	 vesting	 conditions/performance	 metrics	 for	 Performance	 Rights	 will	 be	 as	 follows	 and	 are	 intended	 to	 address	 both	
internal	and	external	measures	of	Company	performance	over	the	long	term:
•	
•	
•	
A	gate	of	Company	TSR	being	positive	for	the	measurement	period	will	apply	before	performance	against	the	vesting	
conditions is assessed to ensure that the LTI will not reward executives when shareholders have lost value,
Grants	of	LTI	are	to	be	made	each	year	in	accordance	with	the	remuneration	policy,
50%	of	the	grant	(tranche	1)	will	vest	based	on	a	comparison	of	the	Company’s	TSR	of	the	measurement	period	against	
the	All	Ordinaries	Accumulation	Index	(XAOAI),	referred	to	as	an	indexed	TSR	(iTSR)	vesting	scale,
•	
•	
•	
25%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	Company’s	TSR	is	equal	to	the	TSR	of	the	index	(threshold),
50%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	Company’s	TSR	is	equal	to	150%	of	the	TSR	of	the	index	(target),	and 	
100%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	Company’s	TSR	is	equal	to	200%	of	the	TSR	of	the	index	(stretch),
•	
Outcomes	between	these	levels	will	be	calculated	on	a	pro-rata	basis,
99.
annual report 2015  	
	
 
 
•	
50%	of	the	grant	(tranche	2)	will	vest	based	on	earnings	per	share	(EPS)	growth	over	the	measurement	period,
•	
•	
•	
25%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	EPS	growth	rate	has	been	12%	(threshold),
50%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	EPS	growth	rate	has	been	16%	(target),	and
100%	of	the	tranche	will	vest	when	the	EPS	growth	rate	has	been	20%	or	more	(stretch),
•	
Outcomes	between	these	levels	will	be	calculated	on	a	pro-rata	basis,
•	
•	
•	
•	
In	the	case	of	a	termination	for	other	than	special	circumstances,	unvested	Performance	Rights	will	be	forfeited,
In	the	case	of	a	termination	in	special	circumstances	(death,	disability,	redundancy.),	the	grant	of	Performance	Rights	
made	in	the	year	of	the	termination	will	be	pro-rata	forfeited	for	the	period	with	remaining	unvested	rights	to	be	tested	at	
the	end	of	the	measurement	period	along	with	other	participants,
In	the	case	of	a	change	of	control	or	major	return	of	capital	to	shareholders	unvested	Performance	Rights	will	vest	in	the	
proportion	that	the	share	price	has	risen	since	the	date	of	grant,	and
Target	LTI	opportunities	for	FY16	are	as	follows:
•	
•	
MD/CEO	–	75%	of	Base	Package,
Other	Senior	Executives	–	30%	of	Base	Package
Due	to	the	changes	approximately	half	of	the	participants	will	have	an	increased	weighting	on	LTI	in	the	remuneration	mix	(most	
notably	the	CEO),	while	the	target	LTI	award	for	several	participants	has	been	reduced	to	ensure	that	total	remuneration	packages	
are	better	aligned	with	relevant	market	levels	of	remuneration	and	the	Company’s	remuneration	policy.
Previous	grants	of	LTI	were	made	infrequently,	which	were	intended	to	vest	each	year	over	a	number	of	years,	however	the	previous	
grants	will	cease	to	become	available	for	vesting	in	FY17.		The	first	grant	of	LTI	under	the	new	plan	(if	approved	by	shareholders,	in	
relation	to	the	MD/CEO)	will	become	available	for	vesting	at	the	completion	of	FY19,	ensuring	an	appropriate	transition	to	the	new	
LTI and granting structure.
In	addition	to	facilitating	the	LTI	component	of	remuneration,	the	new	Rights	Plan	includes	the	facility	to	grant	Service	Rights	(which	
vest	based	on	the	completion	of	a	period	of	service,	and	which	are	not	intended	to	be	used	as	part	of	any	current	LTI	arrangement),	
as	well	as	Deferred	Rights	which	would	be	suitable	for	use	in	the	case	of	deferred	STI	(currently	not	applicable)	or	salary	sacrifice	
arrangements	(currently	not	applicable).		The	details	of	the	Plan	will	be	presented	to	shareholders	for	approval.
Likely TRP for FY16
STI
LTI*
BASE  
PACKAGE 
TARGET % 
TAR-
TARGET % 
TAR-
INCLUDING 
FIXED % 
OF BASE 
GET STI 
STI % 
OF BASE 
GET LTI 
TOTAL  
REMUNERA-
TION PACKAGE 
AT TARGET  
POSITION
INCUMBENT
SUPER
TRP
PACKAGE
AMOUNT
TRP
PACKAGE
AMOUNT
LTI %TRP
PERFORMANCE
CEO
Cumins
$839,286
44%
50%
$419,643
22%
75%
$629,464
34%
$1,888,393
Mr Peter 
Chief	Financial	
Officer/Company	
Mr Ralph 
Secretary
Groom
$432,415
55%
30%
$129,725
17%
51%
$221,337
28%
$783,476
Chief	Information	
Officer
Mr Glen Fee
$305,614
62%
30%
$91,684
19%
30%
$91,684
19%
$488,982
General Manager, 
Mr Martyn 
UK
Jenkins
$301,125
62%
30%
$90,338
19%
30%
$90,338
19%
$481,801
Group Legal 
Mr Michael 
Counsel **
Cooke
$535,836
100%
0%
$0
0%
0%
$0
0%
$535,836
*	 The	 LTI	 presented	 is	 the	 remuneration	 value	 of	 the	 LTI	 that	 was	 granted	 during	 the	 reporting	 period	 and	 that	 will	 vest	 for	 the	
achievement	of	target	performance.
**	Not	a	salary	package	but	subject	to	a	service	agreement	(see	point	6.1	below) 	
100.
cash converters international 	
	
	
 
	
	
4 . 1 0   S E C U R I T I E S   H O L D I N G   P O L I C Y
The	Board	currently	sees	a	securities	holding	policy	as	unnecessary	since	executives	receive	a	significant	component	of	remuneration	
in	the	form	of	equity.		
4 . 11   C L A W B A C K   P O L I C Y
The	Board	currently	holds	the	view	that	a	clawback	policy	is	not	appropriate	since	the	intention	of	such	policies	is	to	return	funds	
to	shareholders	in	the	case	of	an	employee	causing	material	misstatements	in	the	financial	reports	of	the	Company.		The	cost	and	
complexity	of	implementing	arrangements	that	would	make	it	possible	for	the	Company	to	recover	such	funds	therefore	outweigh	
the	unlikely	benefit.
5 
P E R F O R M A N C E  A N D   R E W A R D   O U T C O M E S   F O R   F Y 1 5
5 . 1   C O M PA N Y   P E R F O R M A N C E
The	following	outlines	the	performance	of	the	Company	over	the	FY15	period	and	the	previous	4	financial	years:
Revenue
Net	profit/(loss)	before	tax
Net	profit/(loss)	after	tax
Share	price	at	start	of	year
Share	price	at	end	of	year
Interim	dividend	(i)
Final	dividend	(i)	(ii)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
$
$
$
  ¢
  ¢
  ¢
  ¢
  ¢
  ¢
30 JUNE 2015
30 JUNE 2014
30 JUNE 2013
30 JUNE 2012
30 JUNE 2011 (III)
374,892,639
331,668,907
272,722,719
234,354,795
186,384,204
(16,575,798)
32,040,465
(21,685,090)
21,132,289
47,664,207
32,869,972
41,425,274
29,416,024
39,270,559
27,692,433
108.0
70.0
2.00
-
(4.69)
(4.69)
107.0
108.0
2.00
2.00
5.67
5.56
64.5
107.0
2.00
2.00
8.09
7.92
72.5
64.5
1.75
1.75
7.75
7.63
55.0
72.5
1.75
1.75
7.28
7.23
(i)	 Franked	to	100%	at	30%	corporate	income	tax	rate. 	
(ii)	 Declared	after	the	balance	date	and	not	reflected	in	the	financial	statements. 	
(iii)	 Restated	for	the	impact	of	the	prior	year	adjustment	related	to	Quickdraw	Financial	Solutions	Pty	Ltd. 	
Other than with respect to share-based payments which are disclosed below, there is no relationship between shareholder wealth 
and	remuneration,	however	certain	bonuses	are	paid	based	on	performance	targets	set	for	the	individual	concerned	as	discussed	
further	in	the	following	section.
On	vesting	each	performance	right	equates	to	one	ordinary	share.	The	performance	rights	are	split	into	multiple	tranches	and	are	
subject	to	various	vesting	conditions.	One	such	vesting	condition	is	the	consolidated	entity	achieving	budgeted	profit	after	tax	for	
various	periods,	should	any	of	the	vesting	conditions	fail	to	be	achieved	the	performance	rights	will	not	vest,	consequently	there	is	
a	direct	link	between	the	creation	of	shareholder	wealth	and	share	based	payment	remuneration.
5 . 2   L I N K S   B E T W E E N   P E R F O R M A N C E  A N D   R E W A R D
The	remuneration	of	executive	KMP	is	composed	of	three	parts	as	outlined	earlier,	being:
•	
•	
•	
Base	 Package,	 which	 is	 not	 intended	 to	 vary	 with	 performance	 but	 which	 tends	 to	 increase	 as	 the	 scale	 of	 the	 business	
increases	(i.e.	following	success),
STI	which	is	intended	to	vary	with	indicators	of	annual	Company	and	individual	performance,	and
LTI	which	is	also	intended	to	deliver	a	variable	reward	based	on	long-term	measures	of	Company	performance	and	aligns	the	
interests	of	management	to	shareholders.
The	 STI	 payable	 in	 relation	 to	 the	 completion	 of	 the	 FY15	 period	 was	 paid	 in	 September	 2015.	 	 On	 average	 55%	 of	 the	 award	
opportunity	 available	 (i.e.	 of	 the	 maximum	 opportunity)	 was	 paid.		 This	 level	 of	 award	 was	 considered	 appropriate	 under	 the	 STI	
scheme	that	was	in	place	during	FY15,	which	was	based	on	the	Board’s	assessment	of	the	CEO’s	achievement	of	budget	objectives	
101.
annual report 2015   
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
 
	
	
that	were	set	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	(and	the	CEO’s	assessment	in	relation	to	other	Senior	Executive	roles).		Therefore	there	
were	strong	links	between	internal	measures	of	Company	performance	and	the	STI.
At	 the	 completion	 of	 the	 FY15	 period	 LTI	 vested	 in	 relation	 to	 the	 achievement	 of	 budget	 objectives	 as	 set	 by	 the	 Board.		 While	
this	outcome	has	strong	links	with	internal	measures	of	Company	performance,	the	Board	recognised	that	it	had	limited	links	with	
external	 measures	 of	 Company	 performance,	 noting	 that	 the	 share	 price	 declined	 in	 the	 FY15	 period.	 The	 LTI	 plan	 has	 therefore	
been	replaced	for	FY16	as	described	above,	so	as	to	improve	the	links	between	long	term	value	creation	for	shareholders	(external	
measures	of	Company	performance)	and	Senior	Executive	reward.
5 . 3   I N C E N T I V E   O U T C O M E S   F O R   F Y 1 5
The	STI	achieved	in	relation	to	the	FY15	period	was	paid	after	the	end	of	the	period	when	the	audit	of	the	Company’s	accounts	was	
signed-off	(i.e.	during	FY16).		On	average	55%	of	the	award	opportunity	available	(i.e.	of	the	maximum	opportunity)	was	paid.		This	
level	of	award	was	considered	appropriate	under	the	previous	STI	scheme	based	on	objectives	set	and	offers	made	in	relation	to	
the	achievement	of	business	targets	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year	and	the	majority	of	those	objectives	were	met.		During	the	
FY15	period	the	Company	paid	short	term	incentives	(STI’s)	to	its	senior	management	team	based	on	meeting	short	term	targets	(12	
months)	in	regard	to	the	various	operating	divisions	the	Company	reports	under.	There	are	four	main	reporting	divisions;	franchise	
operations,	 store	 operations,	 financial	 services	 –	 administration,	 and	 financial	 services	 –	 personal	 loans.	 The	 Board	 approves	 a	
forward	12	month	budget	for	each	division	and	it	is	against	this	budget	that	each	senior	manager	is	assessed	against.	The	Board	has	
discretion	to	award	the	STI	to	a	manager,	which	is	only	granted	after	a	review	of	the	manager’s	performance	over	the	full	12	month	
period	of	the	STI.	
Each	manager	has	an	STI	target	that	may	earn	him/her	an	incentive	which	represents	a	range	of	25%	to	a	maximum	of	75%	of	base	
salary,	depending	on	what	percentage	the	actual	result	is	above	the	budget	–	actual	result	under	budget	by	95%,	nil	STI;	95%	to	
105%	of	budget,	STI	25%	of	base;	105.1%	to	110%	of	budget,	STI	50%	of	base,	over	110.1%	of	budget,	STI	75%	of	base.	The	
managing	director’s	STI	is	based	on	the	Group	normalised	actual	performance	against	the	Group	budget.
These	KPIs	were	selected	because	they	were	the	most	significant	matters	expected	to	contribute	to	the	success	of	the	Company	
during	 FY15	 in	 the	 case	 of	 each	 role.		 Following	 the	 end	 of	 the	 measurement	 period	 (the	 financial	 year),	 the	 Company	 accounts	
were	audited	and	reports	on	the	Company’s	activities	during	the	year	were	prepared	for	the	Board.		The	Board	then	assessed	the	
extent	to	which	business	objectives	had	been	achieved	in	relation	to	each	KPI	to	calculate	the	total	award	payable.		This	method	of	
performance	assessment	was	chosen	because	the	metrics	were	largely	financial	in	nature	and	subject	to	external	audit	(objective	
assessment),	and	were	expected	to	lead	to	value	creation	for	shareholders	if	achieved	(largely	profit	focused). 		
The	 Board	 has	 received	 and	 responded	 to	 feedback	 regarding	 the	 links	 between	 internal	 and	 external	 measures	 of	 Company	
performance	and	executive	remuneration	and	has	implemented	significant	changes	for	FY16	as	described	above.		These	changes	
are	intended	to	significantly	improve	the	links	between	Company	performance	and	executive	remuneration	and	it	is	accepted	that	in	
the past the links have been largely internal.
102.
cash converters international 	
 
	
	
	
	
TRP	Comparison	FY14	and	FY15
BASE PACKAGE  
VALUE OF LTI IS  
THE AMORTISED  
INCLUDING SUPER
STI ACHIEVED
ACCOUNTING CHARGE
ACTUAL TOTAL 
REMUNERATION  
PACKAGE (TRP)
NAME
ROLE(S)
YEAR
AMOUNT
% OF TRP
AMOUNT
% OF TRP
AMOUNT
% OF TRP
Mr Peter Cumins CEO
CEO
Mr Ralph Groom Chief	Financial	
2015
2014
2015
$839,286
$715,019
$432,415
57%
53%
51%
$200,000
$200,000
$186,588
14%
15%
22%
$439,817
$439,817
$221,337
30%
32%
26%
$1,479,103
$1,354,836
$840,340
Officer/Company	
Secretary
Chief	Financial	
2014
$340,931
61%
$162,443
29%
$54,740
10%
$558,114
Officer/Company	
Secretary
Mr Ian Day
General Manager, 
2015
$329,427
49%
$155,985
23%
$192,467
28%
$677,879
Australia
General Manager, 
2014
$319,116
53%
$233,979
39%
$47,600
8%
$600,695
Australia
Mr Glen Fee
Chief	Information	
2015
$302,287
81%
$24,065
6%
$49,079
13%
$375,431
Officer
Chief	Information	
2014
$256,029
88%
$23,736
8%
$12,138
4%
$291,903
Officer
David Patrick
Chief	Executive	
2015
$709,871
100%
Officer,	UK
Chief	Executive	
2014
$330,763
100%
Officer,	UK
Mike Osborne
Chief	Financial	
2015
$122,649
100%
$0
$0
$0
0%
0%
0%
Officer/Company	
Secretary, UK
Chief	Financial	
2014
$258,185
100%
$0
0%
Officer/Company	
Secretary, UK
Martyn	Jenkins
General Manager, UK
N/A
Mr Michael Cooke 
Group Legal Counsel
2015
2014
2015
$66,015
100%
$0
$535,836
0%
82%
$0
$0
$0
0%
0%
0%
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
0%
0%
0%
$709,871
$330,763
$122,649
0%
$258,185
0%
0%
$66,015
$0
$118,350
18%
$654,186
(see point 6.1 
below)
Group Legal Counsel
2014
$520,739
81%
$0
0%
$118,350
19%
$639,089
5 . 4   L I N K S   B E T W E E N   C O M PA N Y   S T R AT E G Y  A N D   R E M U N E R AT I O N
The	 Company	 intends	 to	 attract	 the	 superior	 talent	 required	 to	 successfully	 implement	 the	 Company’s	 strategies	 at	 a	 reasonable	 and	
appropriately variable cost by:
•	
•	
Generally,	positioning	Base	Packages	(the	fixed	element)	around	P50	of	relevant	market	data	benchmarks, 	
supplementing	the	Base	Package	with	at-risk	remuneration,	being	incentives	that	motivate	executive	focus	on:
•	
•	
short	to	mid-term	objectives	linked	to	the	strategy	via	KPIs	and	annual	performance	assessments	at	the	Company,	business	
unit	and	individual	level	(see	relevant	section	of	this	report),	and
long	term	value	creation	for	shareholders	by	linking	a	material	component	of	remuneration	to	those	factors	that	shareholders	
have	expressed	should	be	the	long	term	focus	of	executives	and	the	Board,	being	earnings	per	share	(EPS)	and	indexed	(iTSR).
During	FY15	an	operational	review	of	the	UK	business	has	taken	place	and	following	this	a	cost	cutting	programme	has	been	completed	
to	ensure	that	the	current	cost	structure	better	matches	the	size	of	the	UK	business	today,	including	a	number	of	senior	management	
changes	made	and	staff	redundancies.	The	appointment	of	a	very	experienced	and	successful	Cash	Converters	multi-store	owner	and	
operator	has	been	made	to	manage	the	corporate	store	network.	These	changes	and	the	ongoing	review	of	the	Australian	business	units	
is expected to lead to an increase in shareholder return. 
103.
annual report 2015  The	Company’s	focus	for	FY16	is	to	improve	the	performance	of	international	business	units,	improve	profitability	by	adding	capabilities	
and  services  and  growing  existing  business.    This  is  expected  to  lead  to  increases  in  earnings  per  share  annually  and  in  shareholder 
returns	over	the	longer	term.		The	incentives	for	FY16	are	strongly	linked	to	this	strategy	via	the	use	of	budgeted	profit,	EPS	growth	and	
indexed TSR as well as milestone strategic objectives as the measures that will determine incentive awards.
6 .  R E M U N E R AT I O N   R E C O R D S   F O R   F Y 1 5   –   S TAT U T O R Y   D I S C L O S U R E S
6 . 1   R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   D I R E C T O R S  A N D   S E N I O R   M A N A G E M E N T
The	following	table	outlines	the	remuneration	received	by	Senior	Executives	of	the	Company	during	FY15	prepared	according	to	statutory	
disclosure requirements and applicable accounting standards:
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
SALARY &
CASH
MONETARY
NON
OTHER  
POST
LONG-TERM
EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS
SHARE
BASED
BENEFITS
SUPER-
LONG
PAYMENTS
SERVICE 
OPTIONS 
BONUS
BENEFITS
OTHER
ANNUATION
LEAVE
& RIGHTS
TOTAL
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
FEES
$
170,000
45,833
45,833
94,555
64,583
18,333
39,253
2015
Non-executive 
directors
R. Webb
W.	Love	(iv)
J.	Beal	(v)
L. Given
S. Grimshaw
D.	Carter	(iii)
K. Dundo
Executive director
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
P. Cumins
764,157
200,000
56,346
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
18,783
17,775
17,775
28,314
5,727
59,427
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
170,000
45,833
45,833
94,555
64,583
18,333
39,253
439,817
1,479,103
192,467
221,337
49,079
-
-
-
677,879
840,340
375,431
66,015
709,871
122,649
118,350
1,021,050
654,186
5,403,864
311,652
155,985
-
395,643
186,588
18,997
273,973
24,065
60,288
235,529
21,984
-
-
-
-
-
3,210
411,705*
-
100,665*
535,836
3,077,452
-
566,638
-
78,553
-
512,370
-
147,801
Other executives 
I.	Day	(vii)
R. Groom
G. Fee
M.	Jenkins	(vi)
D.	Patrick	(i)
M.	Osborne	(ii)
M. Cooke
Total
104.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
OTHER  
POST
LONG-TERM
EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS
SHARE
BASED
SALARY &
CASH
MONETARY
NON
BENEFITS
SUPER-
FEES
$
BONUS
BENEFITS
OTHER
ANNUATION
$
$
$
$
LONG
PAYMENTS
SERVICE 
LEAVE
$
OPTIONS 
& RIGHTS
$
TOTAL
$
2014
Non-executive 
directors
R. Webb
J.	Yeudall
W. Love
J.	Beal
Executive director
125,000
36,944
90,833
90,833
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
P. Cumins
643,291
200,000
53,953
Other executives 
I. Day
R. Groom
G. Fee
D.	Patrick	(i)
M.	Osborne	(ii)
M. Cooke
Total
301,341
233,979
-
299,840
162,443
23,316
238,254
259,825
233,002
23,736
-
-
520,739
2,839,902
-
620,158
-
4,332
-
-
81,601
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,623
3,019
-
6,642
-
-
-
-
17,775
17,775
17,775
17,775
62,983
22,164
-
156,247
Resigned	March	2015
(i)	
(ii)	 Resigned	July	2014
(iii)	 Deceased	January	2015
(iv)	 Resigned	August	2014
(v)	 Resigned	August	2014
(vi)	 Appointed	April	2015
(vii)	 Retired	August	2015	and	received	subsequent	a	termination	benefit	of	$89,000.
*	Termination	benefits
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
125,000
36,944
90,833
90,833
439,817
1,354,836
47,600
54,740
12,138
-
-
600,695
558,114
291,903
330,763
258,185
118,350
672,645
639,089
4,377,195
Please	note	that	the	LTI	value	reported	in	this	table	is	the	amortised	accounting	charge	of	all	grants	that	have	not	lapsed	or	vested.		Where	
a	market	based	measure	of	performance	is	used	such	as	TSR,	no	adjustments	can	be	made	to	reflect	actual	LTI	vesting.	No	share	based	
payments with market based vesting conditions such as TSR have been granted to date.
Actual	and	target	levels	of	STI	and	LTI	remuneration	are	outlined	in	the	relevant	sections	of	the	Remuneration	Report	since	the	above	table	
does	not	reflect	either	realised	remuneration	or	target	levels	of	remuneration	and	is	instead	reflective	of	regulatory	requirements.
It	 should	 be	 noted	 that	 the	 remuneration	 disclosed	 in	 relation	 to	 the	 General	 Counsel,	 Mr	 Michael	 Cooke,	 General	 Counsel	 of	 Cash	
Converters	 International	 Limited,	 represents	 consulting	 fees	 (a	 retainer)	 paid	 to	 his	 firm	 (Cooke	 &	 Co)	 under	 a	 consulting	 agreement	
(negotiated	24	September	2001).		The	fees	cover	the	cost	of	Mr	Cooke’s	consulting	and	the	work	of	his	firm’s	colleagues	in	relation	to	
fulfilling	the	General	Counsel	function	(solicitor)	for	Cash	Converters	International	Limited.		The	agreement	contains	a	12	months	notice	
period applicable to either party.  This arrangement is necessary to ensure protections related to legal privilege are not compromised and 
provides	the	company	with	access	to	the	expertise	of	legal	professionals	which	the	Board	considers	to	be	in	the	interest	of	shareholders.
105.
annual report 2015   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 . 2   S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T   P L A N
At	the	annual	general	meeting	held	on	30	November,	2010,	the	shareholders	approved	the	establishment	of	the	executive	performance	
rights	plan	(“EPRP”).		At	the	same	time,	the	shareholders	passed	a	resolution	authorising	and	directing	the	Board	to	issue	to	the	managing	
director,	 Mr	 Peter	 Cumins,	 10,000,000	 performance	 rights.	 	 The	 conditions	 attaching	 to	 those	 rights	 were	 set	 out	 in	 the	 shareholder	
resolution	and	the	Board	and	the	remuneration	committee	had	no	discretion	concerning	the	issue	of	those	rights. 		
The	shareholders	also	authorised	the	issue	of	a	further	10,000,000	performance	rights	to	senior	executives	at	the	discretion	of	the	Board.		
It	is	only	the	issue	of	performance	rights	out	of	this	further	10,000,000	that	is	within	the	Board’s	power.		The	rights	vest	into	ordinary	shares	
in	the	Company	upon	achievement	of	certain	vesting	conditions	which	are	described	fully	on	page	107.		Insofar	as	the	vesting	conditions	
relate to Mr Cumins, these were set by the shareholders as explained above. 
Under	the	EPRP,	the	Company	will	issue	performance	rights	to	employees	as	part	of	their	total	remuneration	package.		The	rights	were	
issued	free	of	charge.		
Terms	and	conditions	of	share-based	payment	arrangements	affecting	remuneration	of	key	management	personnel	in	the	current	or	future	
financial	years	is	set	out	below:-
PERFORMANCE 
NO. OF 
RIGHTS 
GRANT 
DATE 
FAIR 
EXERCISE 
VESTING 
NAME
RIGHTS SERIES
YEAR
GRANT DATE
VESTING DATE
GRANTED
VALUE
PRICE
CONDITIONS
Tranche 2
Tranche 5
Tranche 6
Tranche 7
Tranche 8
Tranche 9
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
Tranche 5
Tranche 6
Tranche 7
Tranche 8
Tranche 9
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
Tranche 3
Tranche 5
Tranche 6
Tranche 7
Tranche 8
Tranche 9
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
2011
2013
2013
2014
2014
2014
2015
2015
2015
2013
2013
2014
2014
2014
2015
2015
2015
2012
2013
2013
2014
2014
2014
2015
2015
2015
30/11/2010
14/10/2016
6,000,000
25/09/2012
1/07/2014
25/09/2012
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2014
25/09/2013
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
25/09/2012
1/07/2014
25/09/2012
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2014
25/09/2013
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
66,667
66,666
66,667
66,667
66,666
66,667
66,667
66,666
76,667
76,666
76,667
76,667
76,666
76,667
76,667
76,666
19/09/2011
15/09/2016
1,800,000
25/09/2012
1/07/2014
25/09/2012
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2014
25/09/2013
1/07/2015
25/09/2013
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
$0.43
$0.71
$0.68
$1.21
$1.15
$1.09
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
$0.71
$0.68
$1.21
$1.15
$1.09
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
$0.32
$0.71
$0.68
$1.21
$1.15
$1.09
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
(2)
(7)
(8)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(7)
(8)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(8)
(9)
(10)
		(5)
(7)
(8)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(8)
(9)
(10)
P Cumins
I Day
R Groom
M Cooke
G Fee
106.
cash converters international  
 
 
The	following	vesting	conditions	are	attached	to	the	performance	rights
Number Vesting condition
2
5
7
8
9
i)	Completion	of	various	predefined	organisational	change	initiatives.
ii)	The	Consolidated	Entity	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	in	each	of	FY2013	-	FY2016. 	
iii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	14	October	2016.
i)	The	Consolidated	Entity	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	in	each	of	FY2012	–	FY2016.
ii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	15	September	2016.
i)	The	executive’s	responsible	entity/division*	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	for	the	financial	year	ending	30	June 	
2014
ii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	1	July	2014
i)	The	executives	responsible	entity/division*	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	for	the	financial	year	ending	30	June 	
2015
ii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	1	July	2015
i)	The	executives	responsible	entity/division*	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	for	the	financial	year	ending	30	June 	
2016
ii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	1	July	2016
10
i)	The	executives	responsible	entity/division*	achieving	budgeted	Net	Profit	after	tax	for	the	financial	year	ending	30	June 	
2017
ii)	Continuous	employment	through	to	vesting	determination	date,	being	1	July	2017
*	the	responsible	entity/division	allocations	are	as	follows
R	Groom,	G	Fee,	M	Cooke	–	consolidated	group
I	Day	–	Combined	Australian	operations
107.
annual report 2015  	
	
	
During	the	financial	year	the	following	share-based	payment	arrangements	were	granted	to	key	management	personnel
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS SERIES
YEAR
GRANT DATE
VESTING DATE
GRANTED
FAIR VALUE
CONDITIONS
NO. OF RIGHTS  
GRANT DATE 
VESTING  
Ian Day
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
Ralph Groom
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
Glen Fee
Tranche 10
Tranche 11
Tranche 12
2015
2015
2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
2015
2015
2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
2015
2015
2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2015
25/09/2014
1/07/2016
25/09/2014
1/07/2017
66,667
66,667
66,666
76,667
76,667
76,666
17,000
17,000
17,000
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
$1.06
$1.01
$0.96
(8)
(9)
(10)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(8)
(9)
(10)
During	the	year,	the	following	key	management	personnel	exercised	options	that	were	granted	to	them	as	part	of	the	compensation.	Each	
option	converts	to	one	ordinary	share	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited.
PERFORMANCE 
VESTING 
RIGHTS 
DATE FAIR 
ED DURING 
EXERCISE 
AT EXER-
VESTING 
RIGHTS SERIES
YEAR GRANT DATE
DATE
GRANTED
VALUE
YEAR
PRICE
CISE DATE
CONDITIONS
NO. OF 
GRANT 
NO. VEST-
FAIR VALUE 
NAME
I Day
Tranche 5
Tranche 7
R Groom Tranche 5
G Fee
Tranche 7
Tranche 5
Tranche 7
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
25/09/2012
10/09/2014
25/09/2013
10/09/2014
25/09/2012
10/09/2014
25/09/2013
10/09/2014
25/09/2012
10/09/2014
25/09/2013
10/09/2014
66,667
66,667
76,667
76,667
17,000
17,000
$0.71
$1.21
$0.71
$1.21
$0.71
$1.21
66,667
66,667
76,667
76,667
17,000
17,000
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
$1.12
$1.12
$1.12
$1.12
$1.12
$1.12
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
During	the	year,	the	following	key	management	personnel	had	options	lapse	due	to	their	failure	to	meet	the	vesting	conditions	as	applicable	
to that tranche. 
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS SERIES
YEAR
GRANT DATE
VESTING DATE
GRANTED
VALUE
DURING YEAR
CONDITIONS
David Patrick
Tranche 6
2013
25/09/2012
1/07/2015
56,666
$0.68
56,666
(8)
NO. OF RIGHTS 
DATE FAIR 
NO. LAPSED 
VESTING  
GRANT 
108.
cash converters international  
 
 
The	following	summarises	the	grants	of	share-based	payment	compensation	to	directors	and	senior	management	relating	to	the	current	
year and prior years: 
VALUE OF  
PERFOR-
MANCE 
RIGHTS 
GRANTED AT 
VALUE OF 
LAPSED  
GRANT DATE 
% OF COMPEN-
SATION FOR THE 
VALUE OF VESTED 
% OF 
YEAR CONSISTING 
NAME
P Cumins
I Day
R Groom
M Cooke
G Fee
NO. GRANT-
THE GRANT 
NO. 
PERFORMANCE  
NO.  
PERFORMANCE 
GRANT 
OF SHARE-BASED 
ED (I)
DATE (II)
LAPSED
RIGHTS
VESTED
RIGHTS
VESTED
PAYMENTS
10,000,000
$4,865,040
800,000
920,000
$655,023
$753,276
3,000,000
$1,066,260
153,000
$146,506
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,000,000
$2,280,360
40.00%
400,001
460,001
$258,690
50.00%
$297,494
50.00%
1,200,000
$499,800
40.00%
51,000
$45,441
33.33%
29.74%
28.39%
26.34%
18.09%
13.07%
The number granted includes rights granted in the current and prior years. Prior year grants are included where amounts have vested 
during the current year.
The	value	of	performance	rights	granted	during	the	year	is	recognised	in	compensation	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	grant,	in	accordance	
with Australian Accounting Standards.
7 .  E M P L O Y M E N T   T E R M S   F O R   K E Y   M A N A G E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L
7 . 1   S E R V I C E  A G R E E M E N T S
Contracts	of	employment	for	Mr	Peter	Cumins,	Mr	Ralph	Groom	and	Mr	Ian	Day	require	a	notice	period	of	not	less	than	three	months	from	
the	executive	and	12	months	from	the	Company,	to	terminate	employment.	In	the	event	of	termination	by	the	Company,	the	Company	
may elect that the executive does not serve the notice period, in which case 12 month’s salary would be payable. The contracts are rolling 
with	no	fixed	term.	
Contracts	of	employment	for	Mr	Glen	Fee	and	Mr	Martyn	Jenkins	require	a	notice	period	of	not	less	than	one	month	by	either	party.	In	
the	event	of	termination	by	the	Company,	the	Company	may	elect	that	the	executive	does	not	serve	the	notice	period,	in	which	case	one 	
month’s salary would be payable.    
The	treatment	of	incentives	in	the	case	of	termination	is	addressed	in	separate	sections	of	this	report	that	give	details	of	incentive	design.		
The	incentive	plans	are	designed	such	that	they	will	not	give	rise	to	a	termination	benefit.
None	of	the	non-executive	directors	have	an	employment	contract	with	the	Company.
109.
annual report 2015  8 
C H A N G E S   I N   K M P   H E L D   E Q U I T Y
The	following	table	outlines	the	changes	in	the	amount	of	equity	held	by	executives	over	the	financial	year:
Fully paid ordinary shares held in Cash Converters International Limited
BALANCE AT 
GRANTED AS 
EXERCISE OF 
(DISPOSAL) OF
BALANCE AT 
1 JULY 2014
REMUNERATION
OPTIONS
SHARES
30 JUNE 2015
RECEIVED ON 
ACQUISITION / 
No.
No.
Directors
P. Cumins
S. Grimshaw
R. Webb
W. Love
J.	Beal
L. Given
D. Carter
K. Dundo
Other key management 
personnel
I. Day
R. Groom
G. Fee
D. Patrick
M. Osborne
M.	Jenkins
M. Cooke
Directors
P. Cumins
R. Webb
J.	Yeudall
W. Love
J.	Beal
Other key management 
personnel
I. Day
R. Groom
G. Fee
D. Patrick
M. Osborne
M. Cooke
No.
10,253,030
-
1,012,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,000
-
-
-
-
11,282,530
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
133,334
153,334
34,000
-
-
-
No.
60,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(133,334)
(133,809)
-
-
-
-
No.
10,313,030
-
1,012,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
19,525
51,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
320,668
-
(207,143)
-
11,396,055
BALANCE AT 
GRANTED AS 
EXERCISE OF 
(DISPOSAL) OF
BALANCE AT 
1 JULY 2013
REMUNERATION
OPTIONS
SHARES
30 JUNE 2014
RECEIVED ON 
ACQUISITION /  
No.
10,253,030
1,012,500
295,668
-
-
3,781,174
1,132,318
-
85,000
50,000
-
16,609,690
No.
No.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
166,677
191,667
17,000
141,667
83,333
-
600,344
No.
-
-
(295,668)
-
-
(3,947,851)
(1,323,985)
No.
10,253,030
1,012,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,000
(226,667)
(133,333)
-
(5,927,504)
-
-
-
11,282,530
No	shares	were	held	indirectly	by	any	member	of	the	senior	management	in	the	current	or	preceding	year.
110.
cash converters international  
 
Performance	rights/option	holdings	of	key	management	personnel
30 JUNE 2015
Directors
P. Cumins
Other key management personnel
M. Cooke
R. Groom
I. Day
G. Fee
D. Patrick
M.	Jenkins
Total
30 JUNE 2014
Directors
P. Cumins
Other key management personnel
M. Cooke
R. Groom
I. Day
G. Fee
D. Patrick
M. Osborne
Total
BALANCE AT 1
GRANTED AS 
RIGHTS
LAPSED/ 
BALANCE AT 
JULY 2014
REMUNERATION
EXERCISED
FORFEITED
30 JUNE 2015
OPTIONS / 
No.
6,000,000
1,800,000
383,333
333,333
85,000
56,666
-
8,658,332
No.
No.
No.
-
-
230,000
200,000
51,000
-
-
481,000
-
-
(153,334)
(133,334)
(34,000)
-
-
(320,668)
OPTIONS / 
-
-
-
-
-
(56,666)
-
(56,666)
No.
6,000,000
1,800,000
459,999
399,999
102,000
-
-
8,761,998
BALANCE AT 1
GRANTED AS 
RIGHTS
LAPSED/ 
BALANCE AT 
JULY 2013
REMUNERATION
EXERCISED
FORFEITED
30 JUNE 2014
No.
6,000,000
1,800,000
345,000
300,000
51,000
255,000
150,000
8,901,000
No.
No.
No.
-
-
230,000
200,000
51,000
-
-
481,000
-
-
(191,667)
(166,667)
(17,000)
(141,667)
(83,333)
(600,334)
-
-
-
-
-
(56,667)
(66,667)
(123,334)
No.
6,000,000
1,800,000
383,333
333,333
85,000
56,666
-
8,658,332
9 .  O T H E R   R E M U N E R AT I O N   R E L AT E D   M AT T E R S
The	 following	 outlines	 other	 remuneration	 related	 matters	 that	 may	 be	 of	 interest	 to	 shareholders,	 in	 the	 interests	 of	 transparency	 and	
disclosure:
•	 There	were	no	loans	to	Directors	or	other	KMP	at	any	time	during	the	reporting	period,	and
•	 There	 were	 no	 relevant	 material	 transactions	 involving	 KMP	 other	 than	 compensation	 and	 transactions	 concerning	 shares,	
performance	rights/options	as	discussed	in	this	report.
At	the	AGM	held	on	19	November	2014,	approximately	30%	of	shareholders	cast	a	‘no’	vote	in	relation	to	the	adoption	of	the	remuneration	
report	for	the	year	ending	30	June	2014.	The	Company	therefore	received	what	is	known	as	a	‘first	strike’	under	the	Amendments	to	the	
Corporations	Act.	The	resolution	was	still	passed	as	an	‘ordinary	resolution’.
In	 the	 event	 of	 a	 ‘second	 strike’	 at	 this	 year’s	 AGM,	 the	 Company	 must	 give	 shareholders	 the	 option	 to	 require	 that	 the	 entire	 board	
(excepting	 the	 managing	 director	 and	 any	 director	 appointed	 since	 the	 remuneration	 report	 was	 approved	 by	 the	 board)	 stand	 for	 re-
election	at	a	further	general	meeting	(the	spill	meeting).	This	meeting	must	take	place	within	90	days.
111.
annual report 2015  1 0 .  E X T E R N A L   R E M U N E R AT I O N   C O N S U LTA N T  A D V I C E
During	the	year	KMP	remuneration	recommendations	and	data	were	received	from	an	external	remuneration	consultant.		The	consultant	
and	the	amount	payable	for	the	information	and	work	that	led	to	their	recommendations	are	listed	below:
Godfrey	Remuneration	Group	Pty	Limited
$34,000	+GST
The	 consultant(s)	 also	 provided	 other	 advice	 during	 the	 year	 and	 the	 kinds	 of	 advice	 and	 remuneration	 payable	 for	 such	 advice	 is	
summarised below:
Godfrey	Remuneration	Group	Pty	Limited
Review	of	incentive	plans,	procedures	and	rules		in	light	of	regulatory	
changes	and	assistance	with	drafting	the	Remuneration	Report	and	
advice regarding stakeholder engagement on remuneration matters, 
and	development	of	the	remuneration	governance	framework.
	$16,000	+	GST
So	as	to	ensure	that	KMP	remuneration	recommendations	were	free	from	undue	influence	from	the	KMP	to	whom	they	relate	the	Company	
established policies and procedures governing engagements with external remuneration consultants.  The key aspects include:
a)	
b)	
c)	
KMP	remuneration	recommendations	may	only	be	received	from	consultants	who	have	been	approved	by	the	Board.		This	is	a	legal	
requirement.		Before	such	approval	is	given	and	before	each	engagement	the	Board	ensures	that	that	the	consultant	is	independent	
of	KMP.		
As	 required	 by	 law,	 KMP	 remuneration	 recommendations	 are	 only	 received	 by	 non-executive	 directors,	 mainly	 the	 Chair	 of	 the	
Remuneration Committee.
The	policy	seeks	to	ensure	that	the	Board	controls	any	engagement	by	management	of	Board	approved	remuneration	consultants	
to  provide  advice  other  than  KMP  remuneration  recommendations  and  any  interactions  between  management  and  external 
remuneration consultants when undertaking work leading to KMP remuneration recommendations.  
The	 Board	 is	 satisfied	 that	 the	 KMP	 remuneration	 recommendations	 received	 were	 free	 from	 undue	 influence	 from	 KMP	 to	 whom	
the	 recommendations	 related.	 	 The	 reasons	 the	 Board	 is	 so	 satisfied	 include	 that	 it	 is	 confident	 that	 the	 policy	 for	 engaging	 external	
remuneration  consultants  is  being  adhered  to  and  is  operating  as  intended,  the  Board  has  been  closely  involved  in  all  dealings  with 
the  external  remuneration  consultants  and  each  KMP  remuneration  recommendation  received  during  the  year  was  accompanied  by  a 
legal	declaration	from	the	consultant	to	the	effect	that	their	advice	was	provided	free	from	undue	influence	from	the	KMP	to	whom	the	
recommendations related.
112.
cash converters international 	
	
A U D I T O R ’ S   I N D E P E N D E N C E   D E C L A R AT I O N 
The	auditor’s	independence	declaration	is	included	at	the	end	of	the	financial	statements.
N O N - A U D I T   S E R V I C E S
The	directors	are	satisfied	that	the	provision	of	non-audit	services,	during	the	year,	by	the	auditor	is	compatible	with	the	general	standard	
of	independence	for	auditors	imposed	by	the	Corporations	Act	2001.
The	 directors	 are	 satisfied	 that	 the	 provision	 of	 non-audit	 services,	 during	 the	 year,	 by	 the	 auditor	 did	 not	 compromise	 the	 auditor	
independence	requirements	of	the	Corporations	Act	2001,	as	the	nature	of	the	services	was	limited	to	the	preparation	of	the	statutory	
income	tax	returns,	indirect	tax	compliance,	transaction/compliance	related	matters	and	generic	accounting	advice.	All	non-audit	services	
have	 been	 reviewed	 and	 approved	 to	 ensure	 they	 do	 not	 impact	 the	 integrity	 and	 objectivity	 of	 the	 auditor,	 and	 none	 of	 the	 services	
undermine	the	general	principles	relating	to	auditor	independence	as	set	out	in	Code	of	Conduct	APES	110	Code	of	Ethics	for	Professional	
Accountants	issued	by	the	Accounting	Professional	and	Ethical	Standards	Board,	including	reviewing	or	auditing	the	auditor’s	own	work,	
acting	in	a	management	or	decision-making	capacity	for	the	company,	acting	as	advocate	for	the	company	or	jointly	sharing	economic	
risks and rewards.
Details	of	the	amounts	paid	or	payable	to	the	auditor	for	non-audit	services	provided	during	the	year	by	the	auditor	are	outlined	in	note	5	
to	the	financial	statements.
The	directors’	report	is	signed	in	accordance	with	a	resolution	of	directors	made	pursuant	to	S298(2)	of	the	Corporations	Act	2001.
For and on behalf of the Board
Peter Cumins
Director
Perth, Western Australia
Date: 22 September 2015
113.
annual report 2015  D I R E C T O R S ’   D E C L A R AT I O N
In	accordance	with	a	resolution	of	the	directors	of	Cash	Converters	International	Limited,	I	state	that:
1.	
In	the	opinion	of	the	directors:
a	
the	financial	statements	and	notes	are	in	accordance	with	the	Corporations	Act	2001,	including:
i.	
giving	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	financial	position	as	at	30	June	2015	and	the	performance	for	the	year	ended	on	that	
date	of	the	consolidated	entity;	and
ii. 
complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;
b	
c 
the	attached	financial	statements	are	in	compliance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards,	as	stated	in	note	1	to	the	
financial	statements;	and
There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pays its debts as and when they become due and 
payable.
2.	
This	declaration	has	been	made	after	receiving	the	declarations	required	to	be	made	to	the	directors	in	accordance	with	sections	
295A	of	the	Corporations	Act	2001	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	June	2015.
At	the	date	of	this	declaration,	the	Company	is	within	the	class	of	companies	affected	by	ASIC	Class	Order	98/1418.	The	nature	of	the	
deed	of	cross	guarantee	is	such	that	each	company	which	is	party	to	the	deed	guarantees	to	each	creditor	payment	in	full	of	any	debt	in	
accordance	with	the	deed	of	cross	guarantee.
In the directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the companies to which the ASIC Class Order 
applies,	as	detailed	in	note	23	to	the	financial	statements	will,	as	a	group,	be	able	to	meet	any	obligations	or	liabilities	to	which	they	are	
or	may	become	subject,	by	virtue	of	the	deed	of	cross	guarantee.
Signed	in	accordance	with	a	resolution	of	the	directors	made	pursuant	to	s.295	(5)	of	the	Corporations	Act	2001.
On	behalf	of	the	directors
Peter Cumins
Director
Perth, Western Australia
Date: 22 September 2015
114.
cash converters international A U D I T O R ’ S   I N D E P E N D E N C E   D E C L A R AT I O N
115.
annual report 2015  Independent auditor’s report
116.
cash converters international 117.
annual report 2015  S H A R E H O L D E R S   I N F O R M AT I O N
T H E   S H A R E H O L D E R   I N F O R M AT I O N   S E T   O U T   B E L O W   W A S  A P P L I C A B L E  A S  AT   1 8   S E P T E M B E R   2 0 1 5
S U B S TA N T I A L   S H A R E H O L D E R S
Substantial shareholders (5% or above) in the Company and the number of equity securities in which they have an interest are set out 
below:
NAME
EZCORP Inc
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
DISTRIBUTION OF EQUITY
Distribution schedule of holdings:
NUMBER OF  
PERCENTAGE OF  
ORDINARY SHARES
ISSUED SHARES                         
151,948,000
46,883,485
37,465,164
34,572,724
32,062,113
31.54
9.73
7.78
7.18
6.65
            1 – 1,000
     1,001 – 5,000
   5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
Total number of holders
Number of holders of less than a marketable parcel     
HOLDERS
1,102
2,890
1,466
1,944
143
7,545
346
118.
cash converters international  
 
 
 
 
 
        
S H A R E H O L D E R S   I N F O R M AT I O N
T W E N T Y   L A R G E S T   E Q U I T Y   S E C U R I T Y   H O L D E R S
NAME
1. EZCORP Inc
2. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
3. RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above